{"title":"Live Production Switchers","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"birddog-maki-studio","title":"BirdDog MAKI Studio","description":"\u003cp\u003eMAKI Studio with Control Surface is your portable live production suite, built to make multi-camera switching and streaming easier than ever. Designed for use with MAKI Live cameras and compatible with NDI® | HX video, MAKI Studio runs on iPad and brings intuitive, touch-friendly control to your workflow—no laptop required. For even more precision and feel, pair it with the MAKI Control Surface: a compact, BirdDog-designed hardware panel offering tactile buttons, dials, and joystick control. Together, they give you the power to direct live shows, podcasts, lectures, or events with pro-level polish—whether you’re in the studio or on the move. With support for streaming, overlays, picture-in-picture, audio mixing, ISO recording, and more, MAKI Studio makes it simple to create stunning content. It's the director's seat in your backpack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eiPad-Based Live Production\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nMAKI Studio is a native iPad application purpose-built for live production. With an intuitive, touch-friendly interface, you can switch between multiple camera sources, manage audio, add graphics, and stream—all from a single, portable device. It’s fast, fluid, and incredibly easy to use, even for solo creators or first-time producers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNDI® | HX and High Bandwidth Compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nMAKI Studio works seamlessly with BirdDog MAKI Live cameras and the full BirdDog X-Series, supporting both NDI® | HX and Full Bandwidth NDI. It integrates perfectly into modern IP workflows, enabling wireless multi-camera production without additional video converters, SDI routers, or bulky cabling—just power up, connect, and go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Bluetooth Control Surface\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nAdd tactile precision to your live production with the MAKI Control Surface. This compact, wireless panel connects via Bluetooth and features 6 dedicated Program\/Preview buttons, customizable shortcuts, and dedicated transition controls. It’s designed to give you fast, responsive control without taking up space—perfect for live shows, classrooms, or events.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTouchscreen \u0026amp; Hardware Combo\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nMAKI Studio delivers the best of both worlds: touchscreen flexibility for creative control and customization, and a tactile hardware surface for fast, reliable operation. Quickly build your show using the iPad interface, then drive your production with button-based precision—just like a traditional broadcast switcher, but ultra-portable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStream Anywhere\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nBroadcast your content to audiences everywhere. MAKI Studio supports RTMP streaming to popular platforms like YouTube, Facebook, and Twitch, and can transmit locally using NDI® | HX or Full NDI to connected monitors or video walls. Whether online or on-site, your stream is always ready to roll\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-Cam Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nSwitch between multiple camera sources in real time with clean cuts or smooth transitions. Whether you’re mixing a live podcast, a worship service, or a virtual event, MAKI Studio gives you reliable, professional control over every angle—no matter how many cameras you’re managing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGraphics \u0026amp; Overlays\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nAdd visual polish to your production with built-in titling tools for lower-thirds, name tags, and branding. You can also bring in custom graphics using HTML sources or external NDI titlers, giving you flexible, dynamic ways to enhance your live stream’s visual identity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePicture-in-Picture \u0026amp; Split Views\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nEngage your audience with multi-layered visuals. Easily set up Picture-in-Picture (PiP) shots for interviews, screen shares, or presentations, or create split views to show multiple angles at once. MAKI Studio makes it simple to build high-production-value layouts with just a few taps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in Recording\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nRecord your entire program output directly on the iPad for post-event editing, archiving, or replay. Whether you're creating educational content, podcast episodes, or event recaps, the built-in recording ensures you always have a high-quality version of your stream saved and ready to go.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade for Creators\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nMAKI Studio with Control Surface is tailor-made for streamers, educators, houses of worship, podcasters, and event professionals. It delivers everything you need to run a high-quality, multi-camera production from a compact, creator-friendly setup—no bulky racks, no complex wiring, just plug, play, and go live.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNative iPad Application\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nUnlike repurposed desktop apps, MAKI Studio is built from the ground up as a native iPad app, optimized for the latest Apple Silicon chips. That means lightning-fast performance, longer battery life, and buttery-smooth operation—even during complex multi-source productions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BirdDog","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123085656292,"sku":"BD-BDMKCS","price":589.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BD-BDMKCS.jpg?v=1764755504"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-micro-panel","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Micro Panel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe ATEM Micro Panel is a low-cost solution for adding panel control to ATEM Software control. Featuring the same high-end buttons as ATEM Advanced Panels you get a true broadcast-quality feel. It also has a familiar layout with buttons for program and preview. You can use the shift buttons to access up to 20 sources. There are 4 upstream and 2 downstream key buttons, plus a macro button. It even has 4 M\/E buttons so you can control a massive 4 M\/E switcher. There’s a fader for smooth manual transition control, which also means it’s low profile and very portable. With connection via USB-C or Bluetooth and a large internal battery, ATEM Micro.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111051492,"sku":"BMD-PANELAA1ME10","price":458.35,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-PANELAA1ME10_e43e1f0a-a2d0-4a4f-b353-4869e651b1a3.jpg?v=1764755956"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-1-me-constellation-4k","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 1 M\/E Constellation 4K","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eIntroducing ATEM Constellation, the world’s most powerful HD and 4K live production switchers! These incredibly powerful switchers are available in 1 M\/E models with 10 inputs, 2 M\/E models with 20 inputs and massive 4 M\/E models with 40 inputs! Plus each SDI input features a full standards converter! ATEM Constellation includes advanced features such as DVEs, ATEM advanced chroma keyers, media players, multiviews, and SuperSource processors! Plus the built in Fairlight audio mixer includes a compressor, limiter, 6 band parametric EQ and expander on each input. The free ATEM Software Control is included, or you can add a 1 M\/E, 2 M\/E or 4 M\/E ATEM Advanced Panel!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeriously Advanced Broadcast Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation switchers feature a compact rack mount design with a built-in control panel. This allows the operation of the switcher, critical during setup or for emergency use. Also included is a large LCD so you can see program output and change switcher settings via on-screen menus. The compact design is perfect for portable live production, with the rear of the switcher including connections for 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI inputs, aux outputs, balanced audio and Ethernet for control. The top 4 M\/E models even include RS-422 for serial control and MADI digital audio connections. Even with all this power, ATEM Constellation is extremely quiet with its innovative high-efficiency thermal system.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Massive Live Events!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation switchers are ideal for concerts and music festivals because you can place cameras on all areas of the stage for amazing coverage. Even live sports benefit from the huge number of inputs and DVEs let you build multi-layer compositions to cover the action. The fastest way to produce programming is live. With powerful internal graphics and lots of ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you get everything you need for complex program production. ATEM Constellation is also perfect for house of worship programming as it’s big enough to allow professional results, but it’s very simple to learn so it’s easy to train a volunteer crew.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Broadcast Style Mix Effects Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation uses a professional \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the same way large broadcasters use live production switchers. This means you are using the same type of switcher used by the television industry. Both the free ATEM Software Control and the optional hardware ATEM Advanced Panels will allow program\/preview style switching. This means you can select a source on the preview bus to ensure it’s correct before pushing the CUT or AUTO button to switch it on air. This 2 step program\/preview process means far fewer mistakes. Program\/preview operation means ATEM Constellation is the best solution for training students for a career in broadcast television.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Front Panel Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a control panel built into the front panel, you can simply walk up and operate the ATEM Constellation at any time. ATEM Constellation has similar features to ATEM Mini, so it’s a fantastic upgrade when you need a bigger switcher. Plus the front panel control buttons are the same premium type used on full-sized panels so they are extremely reliable. You can even control keyers, media and fade to black from the front panel. There is an industry-standard 5-pin talkback headset connector on the front panel, with controls for talkback control. Plus the front panel LCD and menu buttons also allow almost every single operational feature of the switcher to be accessed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 40 Standards Converted SDI Inputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family features HD models that have up to 40 independent 3G-SDI inputs as well as 4K models with 12G-SDI inputs, with each input featuring its own dedicated up and cross converter. That means it’s possible to convert any 1080p input source to the video standard of the switcher. That means you could have each switcher SDI input running a different television standard and all the inputs will just work. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models, you can even loop out audio channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 from SDI inputs 1 to 30 to the two MADI digital audio outputs, so you can hand off the switcher input audio to an external audio engineer for mixing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 24 Customizable SDI Outputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family has a massive number of fully independent outputs. Even the small 1 M\/E models have 6 outputs. The 2 M\/E models have 12 outputs and the 4 M\/E models have a massive 24 outputs. These SDI outputs are very powerful because you can independently route any SDI input or any internal source to each SDI output. That’s perfect for running independent feeds to stage screens, master recorders and streaming processors. Or use the SDI outputs for ISO recorders, where each deck will get a resynchronized switcher input with matching timecode. All SDI outputs contain program audio, RP-188 timecode, SDI camera control, tally and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB Webcam Output for Video Software\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor live streaming, the USB-C connection on ATEM Constellation operates as a webcam source. That means you can plug into a computer and get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM Constellation is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams or Skype for a new way to do presentations with a professional multi-camera broadcast quality style. The ATEM Constellation webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose from Hardware or Software Control Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAll ATEM switchers feature a wide range of hardware and software control options, plus it’s possible to share control panels between all ATEM models for different events. Included with ATEM Constellation is a free software-based control panel for Mac and Windows. The software connects to the switcher via Ethernet or USB and you can control the switcher, upload media, mix audio and control cameras. Then, when you need more power, you can add an ATEM Advanced Panel for professional switching or an ATEM Camera Control Panel for controlling cameras. There's even an ATEM developer SDK so you can build your own custom automation control solution.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Multiview with Labels, Tally and Meters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built-in multiview lets you monitor multiple sources on a single monitor. The 1 M\/E models include 1 multiview, the 2 M\/E models have 2 independent multiviews and the 4 M\/E models have 4 independent multiviews. All external SDI inputs, plus all internal video sources can be routed to any view. All multiviews are fully customizable and can be independently set to 4, 7, 10, 13 or 16 simultaneous views. That’s up to 32 views in total on the 2 M\/E models and a massive 64 views across 4 monitors with the 4 M\/E models. You can add the tally border plus source label and VU meters as an overlay on each view. Plus a red and green border will show tally on each view, so you know what sources are on air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in DVE for Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation features up to 4 independent DVEs, depending on the model, that let you reposition graphics and create picture-in-picture compositions. You get amazing quality and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real-time. The DVE lets you create professional picture-in-picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. DVEs can also be used to create amazing DVE transitions with squeeze and swoosh effects for adding excitement to your programming. You can even combine DVE transitions with custom graphics to create your own graphic wipe transitions. Then the 2 and 4 M\/E models include SuperSource processors for even more DVEs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Broadcast Talkback\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo keep crews working as a single creative team, ATEM Constellation features built-in talkback. Talkback supports a 5-pin XLR headset connector, plus a rear-mounted RJ12 connector for interfacing with industry-standard talkback systems such as ClearCom or RTS. You get full talkback control including program and engineering loops, sidetone control for hearing the headset mic into the headphones and program mix. ATEM Constellation also supports SDI talkback that uses SDI channels 15 and 16 for 2-way communication with Blackmagic Design cameras. You can even use channels 13 and 14 for engineering talkback. It’s even possible to mix the talkback mic into the program audio for voiceovers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Media for Stills and Motion Graphics\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built-in media pool stores broadcast-quality RGBA graphics and animations that can be played back instantly by the 2 or 4 media players. Media players simply appear as additional input sources on the ATEM Constellation, so you don’t have to use extra SDI inputs for graphics. The built-in media pool holds graphics for use with the media players and the 1 M\/E models can hold 20 stills and 200 frame animations, the 2 M\/E models can hold 40 stills and 400 frame animations and the 4 M\/E models can hold 60 stills and up to 400 frame animations. You can easily manage all of your media using the included ATEM Software Control or download directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug-in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes New ATEM Advanced Chroma Key\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or virtual set work, ATEM Constellation is perfect as it features lots of ATEM advanced keyers for high-quality chroma or luminance keying. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a color picker to sample background colours for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground colour corrector so you can match the \"look\" of the foreground layer to the background layer making seamless compositions possible. The keyer can also be used for pattern and DVE keying. You get 4 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 1 M\/E models, 8 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 2 M\/E models and 16 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 4 M\/E models.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Amazing Virtual Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 upstream chroma keyers per M\/E row, you get the perfect solution for building virtual sets. With so many ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you can use a keyer per camera to create a seamless composition of the camera over the custom background. Even the 1 M\/E models have enough keyers to generate a 4-camera virtual set. You can use external image processors for virtual sets, or you can even build a fixed camera virtual set by loading pre-rendered still image backgrounds from the media players and media pool. You can set up macros to change cameras and load the correct background into the media players. With so much flexibility, you can experiment to try out different studio setups.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful SuperSource Processing\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to the DVEs in the M\/E rows, the 2 M\/E and 4 M\/E models include powerful SuperSource multi-layer processors with 4 extra DVE layers plus a background layer, that all appear to ATEM Constellation as an additional input source. Any switcher video input can be used for each SuperSource DVE, then it’s all layered together over a media pool custom background. SuperSource is just like having an extra multi-layer VFX switcher built in. SuperSource is perfect for doing picture-in-picture displays for interviews because you can set up the effect while keeping the main DVEs free for other tasks. The ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models even have 2 completely independent SuperSource processors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti Rate SDI for HD and Ultra HD Video Standards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith up to 40 multi-rate SDI input connections, depending on the model, the ATEM Constellation is compatible with all types of video sources. You can connect equipment in HD or Ultra HD television standards including 720p, 1080i,1080p and 2160p formats. Only multi-rate SDI allows switching between formats so you can instantly adapt to the needs of the job you are doing anywhere in the world. The SDI inputs will also handle embedded audio and mix audio from all video inputs. The program outputs include talkback, tally and camera control information. So you can connect any of the switcher SDI outputs back to the camera for program return, camera control, and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe First Switcher with Truly Professional Audio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation is the world’s first live production switcher that fully embraces live professional audio production. All SDI inputs are connected to a built-in Fairlight audio mixer that features 6 band parametric EQ, compressor, limiter, noise gate and expander on each input. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models there are 2 MADI outputs for breaking out channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the first 30 SDI inputs out to an external audio engineer, plus a MADI input for allowing an extra 32 external audio channels into the audio mixer. The Fairlight audio mixer even has additional inputs for mixing audio from analogue inputs, talkback microphones for voice over and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Fairlight Audio Mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built-in Fairlight audio mixer, the ATEM Constellation makes it possible to do extremely complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer has up to 156 input channels, for the biggest audio mixer in a live production switcher. Audio is de-embedded from all the SDI video inputs and passed to the audio mixer. Then the 4 M\/E models have extra audio mixer input channels for the MADI audio inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6-band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. All this audio power can be controlled via the ATEM Software Control or a Mackie-compatible panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Free Software Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control Panel gives you total control over your switcher and is included free. The ATEM Software Control Panel features a beautifully designed interface with a visual switcher and parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Multiple users can connect to the switcher via Ethernet and all work on different parts of the event at the same time. The ATEM Software Control also lets you access camera control, audio mixing, media, macro programming and even control of HyperDeck disk recorders. You can even save the full state of the switcher as XML files, plus all media is backed up from the media pool. Plus you can run the software on Mac or Windows.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd the Speed and Power of an ATEM Hardware Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOnly ATEM Constellation has such a wide range of control panel options with 7 models of ATEM Advanced Panels available. ATEM Advanced Panels feature an industry standard, familiar M\/E style layout. Each panel has built-in LCDs for menus, high-quality buttons with customizable illumination colour, a DVE joystick plus a T-bar fader. You can even set up and trigger Macros. All rows of M\/E buttons include integrated LCDs for dynamic input button labelling. The 1 M\/E panels feature a single M\/E row while the 2 M\/E panels have 2 rows. Both 1 M\/E and 2 M\/E Advanced Panels are available in either 10, 20 or 30 input button models. The massive 4 M\/E model features 4 M\/E rows with 40 input buttons per row.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlternative Portable Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Micro Panel is a low-cost solution for adding panel control to ATEM Software control. Featuring the same high-end buttons as ATEM Advanced Panels you get a true broadcast-quality feel. It also has a familiar layout with buttons for program and preview. You can use the shift buttons to access up to 20 sources. There are 4 upstream and 2 downstream key buttons, plus a macro button. It even has 4 M\/E buttons so you can control a massive 4 M\/E switcher. There’s a fader for smooth manual transition control, which also means it’s low profile and very portable. With connection via USB-C or Bluetooth and a large internal battery, ATEM Micro Panel is perfect when you need a portable panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGet Industry Standard Professional Camera Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe new ATEM Camera Control Panel provides 4 industry standard camera controllers for the same workflow as camera chains costing hundreds of thousands of dollars. Designed to be portable, ATEM Camera Control Panel can be placed on a desktop or on a slide-out rack shelf. All control commands are sent to the cameras using the SDI camera control protocol which is supported by cameras such as Blackmagic URSA Broadcast and Blackmagic Studio Cameras. You get dedicated controls including CCU style joystick and controls for RGB camera colour, master gain, black, iris and more. Plus all controls are arranged in a familiar broadcast layout perfect for both experienced and new operators.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Blackmagic Cameras, Panels, Decks and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM switchers are powerful because they can grow and expand with you. Add an ATEM Advanced Panel to get professional industry standard switcher control. Then add an ATEM Camera Control Panel for fast control and color balancing of up to four cameras. For cameras, Blackmagic Studio Cameras make great studio cameras as they have tally, talkback and control all built into the compact and very portable design. For mastering, Blackmagic HyperDeck Studio recorders are perfect because they include popular file formats such as ProRes, H.264 and DNx. You can even live stream using an UltraStudio or Blackmagic Web Presenter. Then add a Micro Converter SDI to HDMI 3G converter for HDMI monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic URSA Broadcast G2 - \u003c\/strong\u003eDesigned for broadcast and live production, you get a 6K sensor with +36dB of gain, wide dynamic range and B4 lens mount. Includes Blackmagic RAW, ProRes, H.264 and H.265 record file formats.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Viewfinder G2 - \u003c\/strong\u003eTurn URSA Broadcast into a professional studio camera with a large and bright 7-inch screen, removable sunshade, adjustable mount and knobs for control of brightness, contrast and focus peaking.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Camera Fiber Converter - \u003c\/strong\u003eConnect URSA Broadcast cameras to live production switchers using SMPTE fiber with all video, control connections and camera power on a single SMPTE fiber cable up to 2 km away.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Fiber Converter - \u003c\/strong\u003eConvert SMPTE fiber to 12G-SDI broadcast equipment while powering remote cameras up to 2 km away. Supports converting SMPTE fiber to 12G-SDI, multiple channels of return video, control and power.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Camera 4K Pro G2 - \u003c\/strong\u003eDesigned for professional SDI switchers, you get the features of the Studio Camera Plus, as well as 12G‑SDI, XLR audio, bright HDR LCD, 5-pin XLR talkback, 10G Ethernet IP link and HD live streaming.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyperDeck Studio HD Mini - \u003c\/strong\u003eMiniaturized deck records H.264, ProRes or DNxHD files onto SD\/UHS-II cards or external USB disks in SD\/HD formats to 1080p60. Includes timecode and reference generators, 3G-SDI in\/out and HDMI out.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyperDeck Studio HD Pro - \u003c\/strong\u003eIncludes all the features of the Plus model, and adds 2 SSD slots as well as the 2 SD card slots. Also includes a machined metal search dial with clutch, SDI monitor out and XLR timecode connections.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eATEM Camera Control Panel - \u003c\/strong\u003eControl up to 4 cameras at one time including iris, shutter speed, white balance, master gain, pedestal, RGB and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll Features Included. No Hidden Costs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlike other switchers, all features are included in the purchase price. That means you get all features fully enabled and always ready for use. There are no license fees to allow you to use features and no ongoing monthly costs. This means you'll never experience a license expiring 5 minutes before your program starts. Advanced features such as multiview, SuperSource, DVEs or the ATEM Advanced Keyers are always enabled and always ready to use. Plus, you can use the free ATEM Software Control on an unlimited number of computers. That’s important when you divide up the workload with separate people for audio mix, graphics prep, camera control and switcher operation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111182564,"sku":"BMD-SCN22ME14K","price":1263.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SCN22ME14K_e6a0ccda-3965-4fb6-8f4f-96c91849691f.jpg?v=1764755962"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-2-me-constellation-4k","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 2 M\/E Constellation 4K","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eIntroducing ATEM Constellation, the world’s most powerful HD and 4K live production switchers! These incredibly powerful switchers are available in 1 M\/E models with 10 inputs, 2 M\/E models with 20 inputs and massive 4 M\/E models with 40 inputs! Plus each SDI input features a full standards converter! ATEM Constellation includes advanced features such as DVEs, ATEM advanced chroma keyers, media players, multiviews, and SuperSource processors! Plus the built in Fairlight audio mixer includes a compressor, limiter, 6 band parametric EQ and expander on each input. The free ATEM Software Control is included, or you can add a 1 M\/E, 2 M\/E or 4 M\/E ATEM Advanced Panel!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeriously Advanced Broadcast Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation switchers feature a compact rack mount design with a built-in control panel. This allows the operation of the switcher, critical during setup or for emergency use. Also included is a large LCD so you can see program output and change switcher settings via on-screen menus. The compact design is perfect for portable live production, with the rear of the switcher including connections for 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI inputs, aux outputs, balanced audio and Ethernet for control. The top 4 M\/E models even include RS-422 for serial control and MADI digital audio connections. Even with all this power, ATEM Constellation is extremely quiet with its innovative high-efficiency thermal system.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Massive Live Events!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation switchers are ideal for concerts and music festivals because you can place cameras on all areas of the stage for amazing coverage. Even live sports benefit from the huge number of inputs and DVEs let you build multi-layer compositions to cover the action. The fastest way to produce programming is live. With powerful internal graphics and lots of ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you get everything you need for complex program production. ATEM Constellation is also perfect for house of worship programming as it’s big enough to allow professional results, but it’s very simple to learn so it’s easy to train a volunteer crew.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Broadcast Style Mix Effects Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation uses a professional \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the same way large broadcasters use live production switchers. This means you are using the same type of switcher used by the television industry. Both the free ATEM Software Control and the optional hardware ATEM Advanced Panels will allow program\/preview style switching. This means you can select a source on the preview bus to ensure it’s correct before pushing the CUT or AUTO button to switch it on air. This 2 step program\/preview process means far fewer mistakes. Program\/preview operation means ATEM Constellation is the best solution for training students for a career in broadcast television.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Front Panel Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a control panel built into the front panel, you can simply walk up and operate the ATEM Constellation at any time. ATEM Constellation has similar features to ATEM Mini, so it’s a fantastic upgrade when you need a bigger switcher. Plus the front panel control buttons are the same premium type used on full-sized panels so they are extremely reliable. You can even control keyers, media and fade to black from the front panel. There is an industry-standard 5-pin talkback headset connector on the front panel, with controls for talkback control. Plus the front panel LCD and menu buttons also allow almost every single operational feature of the switcher to be accessed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 40 Standards Converted SDI Inputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family features HD models that have up to 40 independent 3G-SDI inputs as well as 4K models with 12G-SDI inputs, with each input featuring its own dedicated up and cross converter. That means it’s possible to convert any 1080p input source to the video standard of the switcher. That means you could have each switcher SDI input running a different television standard and all the inputs will just work. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models, you can even loop out audio channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 from SDI inputs 1 to 30 to the two MADI digital audio outputs, so you can hand off the switcher input audio to an external audio engineer for mixing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 24 Customizable SDI Outputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family has a massive number of fully independent outputs. Even the small 1 M\/E models have 6 outputs. The 2 M\/E models have 12 outputs and the 4 M\/E models have a massive 24 outputs. These SDI outputs are very powerful because you can independently route any SDI input or any internal source to each SDI output. That’s perfect for running independent feeds to stage screens, master recorders and streaming processors. Or use the SDI outputs for ISO recorders, where each deck will get a resynchronized switcher input with matching timecode. All SDI outputs contain program audio, RP-188 timecode, SDI camera control, tally and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB Webcam Output for Video Software\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor live streaming, the USB-C connection on ATEM Constellation operates as a webcam source. That means you can plug into a computer and get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM Constellation is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams or Skype for a new way to do presentations with a professional multi-camera broadcast quality style. The ATEM Constellation webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose from Hardware or Software Control Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAll ATEM switchers feature a wide range of hardware and software control options, plus it’s possible to share control panels between all ATEM models for different events. Included with ATEM Constellation is a free software-based control panel for Mac and Windows. The software connects to the switcher via Ethernet or USB and you can control the switcher, upload media, mix audio and control cameras. Then, when you need more power, you can add an ATEM Advanced Panel for professional switching or an ATEM Camera Control Panel for controlling cameras. There's even an ATEM developer SDK so you can build your own custom automation control solution.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Multiview with Labels, Tally and Meters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built-in multiview lets you monitor multiple sources on a single monitor. The 1 M\/E models include 1 multiview, the 2 M\/E models have 2 independent multiviews and the 4 M\/E models have 4 independent multiviews. All external SDI inputs, plus all internal video sources can be routed to any view. All multiviews are fully customizable and can be independently set to 4, 7, 10, 13 or 16 simultaneous views. That’s up to 32 views in total on the 2 M\/E models and a massive 64 views across 4 monitors with the 4 M\/E models. You can add the tally border plus source label and VU meters as an overlay on each view. Plus a red and green border will show tally on each view, so you know what sources are on air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in DVE for Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation features up to 4 independent DVEs, depending on the model, that let you reposition graphics and create picture-in-picture compositions. You get amazing quality and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real-time. The DVE lets you create professional picture-in-picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. DVEs can also be used to create amazing DVE transitions with squeeze and swoosh effects for adding excitement to your programming. You can even combine DVE transitions with custom graphics to create your own graphic wipe transitions. Then the 2 and 4 M\/E models include SuperSource processors for even more DVEs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Broadcast Talkback\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo keep crews working as a single creative team, ATEM Constellation features built-in talkback. Talkback supports a 5-pin XLR headset connector, plus a rear-mounted RJ12 connector for interfacing with industry-standard talkback systems such as ClearCom or RTS. You get full talkback control including program and engineering loops, sidetone control for hearing the headset mic into the headphones and program mix. ATEM Constellation also supports SDI talkback that uses SDI channels 15 and 16 for 2-way communication with Blackmagic Design cameras. You can even use channels 13 and 14 for engineering talkback. It’s even possible to mix the talkback mic into the program audio for voiceovers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Media for Stills and Motion Graphics\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built-in media pool stores broadcast-quality RGBA graphics and animations that can be played back instantly by the 2 or 4 media players. Media players simply appear as additional input sources on the ATEM Constellation, so you don’t have to use extra SDI inputs for graphics. The built-in media pool holds graphics for use with the media players and the 1 M\/E models can hold 20 stills and 200 frame animations, the 2 M\/E models can hold 40 stills and 400 frame animations and the 4 M\/E models can hold 60 stills and up to 400 frame animations. You can easily manage all of your media using the included ATEM Software Control or download directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug-in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes New ATEM Advanced Chroma Key\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or virtual set work, ATEM Constellation is perfect as it features lots of ATEM advanced keyers for high-quality chroma or luminance keying. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a color picker to sample background colours for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground colour corrector so you can match the \"look\" of the foreground layer to the background layer making seamless compositions possible. The keyer can also be used for pattern and DVE keying. You get 4 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 1 M\/E models, 8 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 2 M\/E models and 16 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 4 M\/E models.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Amazing Virtual Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 upstream chroma keyers per M\/E row, you get the perfect solution for building virtual sets. With so many ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you can use a keyer per camera to create a seamless composition of the camera over the custom background. Even the 1 M\/E models have enough keyers to generate a 4-camera virtual set. You can use external image processors for virtual sets, or you can even build a fixed camera virtual set by loading pre-rendered still image backgrounds from the media players and media pool. You can set up macros to change cameras and load the correct background into the media players. With so much flexibility, you can experiment to try out different studio setups.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful SuperSource Processing\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to the DVEs in the M\/E rows, the 2 M\/E and 4 M\/E models include powerful SuperSource multi-layer processors with 4 extra DVE layers plus a background layer, that all appear to ATEM Constellation as an additional input source. Any switcher video input can be used for each SuperSource DVE, then it’s all layered together over a media pool custom background. SuperSource is just like having an extra multi-layer VFX switcher built in. SuperSource is perfect for doing picture-in-picture displays for interviews because you can set up the effect while keeping the main DVEs free for other tasks. The ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models even have 2 completely independent SuperSource processors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti Rate SDI for HD and Ultra HD Video Standards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith up to 40 multi-rate SDI input connections, depending on the model, the ATEM Constellation is compatible with all types of video sources. You can connect equipment in HD or Ultra HD television standards including 720p, 1080i,1080p and 2160p formats. Only multi-rate SDI allows switching between formats so you can instantly adapt to the needs of the job you are doing anywhere in the world. The SDI inputs will also handle embedded audio and mix audio from all video inputs. The program outputs include talkback, tally and camera control information. So you can connect any of the switcher SDI outputs back to the camera for program return, camera control, and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe First Switcher with Truly Professional Audio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation is the world’s first live production switcher that fully embraces live professional audio production. All SDI inputs are connected to a built-in Fairlight audio mixer that features 6 band parametric EQ, compressor, limiter, noise gate and expander on each input. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models there are 2 MADI outputs for breaking out channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the first 30 SDI inputs out to an external audio engineer, plus a MADI input for allowing an extra 32 external audio channels into the audio mixer. The Fairlight audio mixer even has additional inputs for mixing audio from analogue inputs, talkback microphones for voice over and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Fairlight Audio Mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built-in Fairlight audio mixer, the ATEM Constellation makes it possible to do extremely complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer has up to 156 input channels, for the biggest audio mixer in a live production switcher. Audio is de-embedded from all the SDI video inputs and passed to the audio mixer. Then the 4 M\/E models have extra audio mixer input channels for the MADI audio inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6-band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. All this audio power can be controlled via the ATEM Software Control or a Mackie-compatible panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Free Software Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control Panel gives you total control over your switcher and is included free. The ATEM Software Control Panel features a beautifully designed interface with a visual switcher and parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Multiple users can connect to the switcher via Ethernet and all work on different parts of the event at the same time. The ATEM Software Control also lets you access camera control, audio mixing, media, macro programming and even control of HyperDeck disk recorders. You can even save the full state of the switcher as XML files, plus all media is backed up from the media pool. Plus you can run the software on Mac or Windows.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd the Speed and Power of an ATEM Hardware Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOnly ATEM Constellation has such a wide range of control panel options with 7 models of ATEM Advanced Panels available. ATEM Advanced Panels feature an industry standard, familiar M\/E style layout. Each panel has built-in LCDs for menus, high-quality buttons with customizable illumination colour, a DVE joystick plus a T-bar fader. You can even set up and trigger Macros. All rows of M\/E buttons include integrated LCDs for dynamic input button labelling. The 1 M\/E panels feature a single M\/E row while the 2 M\/E panels have 2 rows. Both 1 M\/E and 2 M\/E Advanced Panels are available in either 10, 20 or 30 input button models. The massive 4 M\/E model features 4 M\/E rows with 40 input buttons per row.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlternative Portable Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Micro Panel is a low-cost solution for adding panel control to ATEM Software control. Featuring the same high-end buttons as ATEM Advanced Panels you get a true broadcast-quality feel. It also has a familiar layout with buttons for program and preview. You can use the shift buttons to access up to 20 sources. There are 4 upstream and 2 downstream key buttons, plus a macro button. It even has 4 M\/E buttons so you can control a massive 4 M\/E switcher. There’s a fader for smooth manual transition control, which also means it’s low profile and very portable. With connection via USB-C or Bluetooth and a large internal battery, ATEM Micro Panel is perfect when you need a portable panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGet Industry Standard Professional Camera Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe new ATEM Camera Control Panel provides 4 industry standard camera controllers for the same workflow as camera chains costing hundreds of thousands of dollars. Designed to be portable, ATEM Camera Control Panel can be placed on a desktop or on a slide-out rack shelf. All control commands are sent to the cameras using the SDI camera control protocol which is supported by cameras such as Blackmagic URSA Broadcast and Blackmagic Studio Cameras. You get dedicated controls including CCU style joystick and controls for RGB camera colour, master gain, black, iris and more. Plus all controls are arranged in a familiar broadcast layout perfect for both experienced and new operators.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Blackmagic Cameras, Panels, Decks and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM switchers are powerful because they can grow and expand with you. Add an ATEM Advanced Panel to get professional industry standard switcher control. Then add an ATEM Camera Control Panel for fast control and color balancing of up to four cameras. For cameras, Blackmagic Studio Cameras make great studio cameras as they have tally, talkback and control all built into the compact and very portable design. For mastering, Blackmagic HyperDeck Studio recorders are perfect because they include popular file formats such as ProRes, H.264 and DNx. You can even live stream using an UltraStudio or Blackmagic Web Presenter. Then add a Micro Converter SDI to HDMI 3G converter for HDMI monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic URSA Broadcast G2 - \u003c\/strong\u003eDesigned for broadcast and live production, you get a 6K sensor with +36dB of gain, wide dynamic range and B4 lens mount. Includes Blackmagic RAW, ProRes, H.264 and H.265 record file formats.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Viewfinder G2\u003c\/strong\u003e - Turn URSA Broadcast into a professional studio camera with a large and bright 7-inch screen, removable sunshade, adjustable mount and knobs for control of brightness, contrast and focus peaking.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Camera Fiber Converter - \u003c\/strong\u003eConnect URSA Broadcast cameras to live production switchers using SMPTE fiber with all video, control connections and camera power on a single SMPTE fiber cable up to 2 km away.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Fiber Converter\u003c\/strong\u003e - Convert SMPTE fiber to 12G-SDI broadcast equipment while powering remote cameras up to 2 km away. Supports converting SMPTE fiber to 12G-SDI, multiple channels of return video, control and power.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Camera 4K Pro G2 - \u003c\/strong\u003eDesigned for professional SDI switchers, you get the features of the Studio Camera Plus, as well as 12G‑SDI, XLR audio, bright HDR LCD, 5-pin XLR talkback, 10G Ethernet IP link and HD live streaming.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyperDeck Studio HD Mini - \u003c\/strong\u003eMiniaturized deck records H.264, ProRes or DNxHD files onto SD\/UHS-II cards or external USB disks in SD\/HD formats to 1080p60. Includes timecode and reference generators, 3G-SDI in\/out and HDMI out.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyperDeck Studio HD Pro - \u003c\/strong\u003eIncludes all the features of the Plus model, and adds 2 SSD slots as well as the 2 SD card slots. Also includes a machined metal search dial with clutch, SDI monitor out and XLR timecode connections.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eATEM Camera Control Panel - \u003c\/strong\u003eControl up to 4 cameras at one time including iris, shutter speed, white balance, master gain, pedestal, RGB and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll Features Included. No Hidden Costs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlike other switchers, all features are included in the purchase price. That means you get all features fully enabled and always ready for use. There are no license fees to allow you to use features and no ongoing monthly costs. This means you'll never experience a license expiring 5 minutes before your program starts. Advanced features such as multiview, SuperSource, DVEs or the ATEM Advanced Keyers are always enabled and always ready to use. Plus, you can use the free ATEM Software Control on an unlimited number of computers. That’s important when you divide up the workload with separate people for audio mix, graphics prep, camera control and switcher operation.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111215332,"sku":"BMD-SCN22ME24K","price":2703.33,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SCN22ME24K_65a731f8-7a77-4487-8bd0-a7d7d523afe2.jpg?v=1764755963"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-atem-mini-pro","title":"Blackmagic ATEM Mini Pro","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINTRODUCING LOW COST, MULTI CAMERA, LIVE PRODUCTION WITH ADVANCED BROADCAST FEATURES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Mini switchers make it easy to create professional multi camera productions for live streaming to YouTube and innovative business presentations using Skype or Zoom. Simply connect ATEM Mini and you can switch live between 4 high quality video camera inputs for dramatically better quality images. Or connect a computer for PowerPoint slides or gaming consoles. The built in DVE allows exciting picture in picture effects, perfect for commentary. There are loads of video effects too. All ATEM Mini models have USB that works like a webcam so you can use any streaming software while the ATEM Mini Pro model adds live streaming and recording to USB disks. ATEM Mini even has secret broadcast features built in so it can do high end work.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFASTER VIDEO PRODUCTION PLUS LIVE STREAMING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eLive production is the fastest way to complete a finished program, plus you can stream it to a live global audience via YouTube at the same time. The USB webcam output of ATEM Mini connects to any computer and looks just like a built in webcam, so all streaming software for social media platforms work. With up to 4 HDMI inputs you can set up multiple camera angles such as wide shots along with independent close ups of each person in the performance. Or you can connect to a computer with a PowerPoint slide show, video clip playback, websites or gaming consoles. All switching is in real time so you can live stream to any social media platform such as YouTube, Facebook, TwitchTV and many more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSELF CONTAINED BROADCAST QUALITY SWITCHER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Mini’s compact all in one design includes both a control panel as well as connections. The front panel includes easy to use buttons for selecting sources, video effects and transitions. The source buttons are large so it’s possible to use it by feel, letting the presenter do the switching. You even get buttons for audio mixing. On the ATEM Mini Pro model you also get buttons for record and streaming control as well as output selection buttons that let you change the video output between cameras, program and multiview. On the rear panel there are HDMI connections for cameras or computers, extra microphone inputs, USB for webcam out plus an HDMI \"aux\" output for program video.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eATEM MINI PRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model includes all the features found in ATEM Mini, plus more. You get recording direct to USB flash disks in H.264 plus direct streaming via the Ethernet to YouTube Live and more. There's also a multiview with 4 cameras, media, preview and program plus status of recording, streaming and audio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEASY TO USE AND FAST TO LEARN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere's never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press any of the input buttons labelled 1 to 4 on the front panel to cut between video sources. You can choose between cut or effects transitions by selecting the cut or auto buttons. Unlike cut, the auto button tells ATEM Mini to use a video effect when switching inputs. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such as dip to colour, DVE squeeze and DVE push. The DVE is perfect for picture in picture effects and you can instantly set up different picture positions. There is even a still store for titles and graphics accessible via external software control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTREAM LIVE INTERVIEWS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Mini is perfect for interviews as you can connect multiple cameras for close ups of the host, or interviewee, as well as wide shots plus ATEM Mini is so small the host can even switch in small studios. You can record via the HDMI output or live stream using Open Broadcaster software.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBUSINESS PRESENTATIONS VIA SKYPE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eGet dramatically better business presentations on Skype because ATEM Mini makes Skype see it as a webcam, so you can select it in the Skype settings. One camera can be a close up, another for a wide shot and a computer for PowerPoint presentations. The presenter can even use picture in picture.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLIVE STREAM ESPORT COMPETITIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eLive stream eSport competitions to Twitch by simply connecting multiple gaming consoles and a camera for a presenter. ATEM Mini operates up to 60 frames per second for fast gameplay and you can use picture in picture for commentary. You can even download titles from Photoshop.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKICKSTARTER AND INVESTOR UPDATES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eRaise the professionalism of Kickstarter or investor presentations to fund your new product idea. Connect a camera for the presenter, a camera for a product close up and a computer for business plan slides. Then present live via Skype or Zoom and even post recordings online for investors to view later.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEDUCATION AND TRAINING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Mini is perfect for educational videos. Setup is fast and easy, so you can travel to locations and record live multi camera video productions on a wide range of educational topics. Connect computers and cameras and use the ATEM Software Panel to load titles and perform video effects.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONNECT UP TO 4 INDEPENDENT CAMERAS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 independent HDMI inputs, you can connect up to 4 high quality video cameras. Video cameras with HDMI outputs are dramatically better quality than simple webcams as they use higher quality lenses and have better low light sensitivity. All video sources will re‑sync to the switcher if they operate at different video standards so you don't have to worry about connecting video devices as they all just work. Cameras with HDMI often support interchangeable lenses so you can change to wide angle lenses for wide shots and zoom lenses for close‑ups. Imagine taking advantage of the low light capability of better cameras for theater production, weddings, school concerts and music videos.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOUTPUTS TO HDMI VIDEO AND USB WEBCAM\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo ensure maximum compatibility, ATEM Mini features a USB connection that operates as a simple webcam source. That means you can plug in and instantly get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM Mini is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software and in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Open Broadcaster for live streaming, or Skype for Powerpoint presentations. ATEM Mini works with software and platforms such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster, YouTube Live, Facebook Live, Skype, Zoom, Twitch, Periscope, Livestream, Wirecast and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLIVE STREAM VIA ETHERNET ON ATEM MINI PRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Mini Pro model has a built in hardware streaming engine for live streaming via its built in Ethernet connection. That means you can live stream to YouTube, Facebook and Twitch in better quality, without dropped frames and with much simpler settings. Just select the streaming service and enter the streaming key. There are palettes in ATEM Software Control for streaming setup and status, plus streaming status is also displayed in the multiview. Streaming status is easy to understand as the data rate indicator shows internet speed required for the video format you're using. If you're technically minded, you can even hack the detailed streaming profiles in the XML preference file and load new services.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRECORD DIRECT TO USB FLASH DISKS WITH ATEM MINI PRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Mini Pro model also supports direct recording of your streaming data to USB flash disks. That means you get very long recordings in the same H.264 video files with AAC audio that you streamed, so you can direct upload to any online video site, such as YouTube and Vimeo. ATEM Mini Pro supports multiple disks when used with a USB hub or Blackmagic MultiDock, so when a disk fills recording can continue to a second disk for non-stop recording. Record settings and disk selection are set up in ATEM Software Control and there's a record status view in the built in multiview. You can even trigger recording on external Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Cameras.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eADD EXCITING VIDEO EFFECTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the benefits of ATEM Mini is the professional production values that are possible using the range of built in video effects. The cut button ensures an instant cut when switching between sources. The auto button is a professional term that's used on large broadcast switchers to enable video effects transitions. There are duration buttons for video effects allowing 0.5, 1, 1.5 and 2 second settings. You can also select the type of effect you want including mix, which does a smooth transition between sources, and dip which fades via a colour during the transition. Or use fun DVE effects that move the image off screen when transitioning between sources.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWORK WITH PROFESSIONAL MICROPHONES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith two independent 3.5mm stereo audio inputs, you can connect desktop and lapel microphones. You can even connect a music player to generate introduction music after the live stream commences but before the program starts. With 2 extra stereo audio inputs, you can ensure a host and guest both have lapel microphones when doing interviews. All audio inputs to ATEM Mini include buttons on the panel for adjusting audio level and enabling inputs into the audio mixer. ATEM Mini features a full Fairlight audio mixer and all HDMI audio inputs and both microphone inputs are all connected separately to the audio mixer so you can live mix from all audio sources.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAUTOMATICALLY CONVERTS ANY HDMI INPUT FORMAT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEach of the 4 HDMI inputs feature their own dedicated standards converter. That means ATEM Mini will automatically convert 1080p, 1080i and 720p sources to the video standard of the switcher. By default the switcher will set its video format automatically, however you can also set the switcher to a specific video standard you need. The HDMI output is a true \"aux\" output so you can clean switch each HDMI input or program to this output. You can even \"direct\" switch input 1 to the HDMI output for low latency eSport productions. If you're using program\/preview switching, the HDMI out can be selected to preview, or on the ATEM Mini Pro model, it can be selected to display a full multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSECRET BROADCAST FEATURES BUILT IN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhile ATEM Mini is easy to use, it's also hiding very powerful broadcast features. If you're interested in a career in the television industry, then ATEM Mini is perfect for training as it has the same features as switchers in high end broadcast studios. You get an ATEM Advanced Chroma Key, Fairlight audio mixer, DVE, still store for graphics and much more. Simply run the free ATEM Software Control app on Mac or Windows while connected via USB or Ethernet to access the extended features of the ATEM Mini. With a little experimentation you can learn how to produce broadcast quality live production. Only ATEM Mini is a true broadcast switcher hidden in a tiny and affordable design.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINCLUDES FREE ATEM SOFTWARE CONTROL PANEL\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control app unlocks the hidden power of ATEM Mini and allows access to every feature in the switcher. ATEM Software Control features a visual switcher user interface with parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Although you can normally connect via USB, if you connect using Ethernet it's possible for multiple users to connect to ATEM Mini using separate copies of ATEM Software Control on different computers. The software lets you access full audio mixing with effects, load still frames and even do advanced macro programming. You can even save the switcher state as an XML file. If you need clip playback, you can even control HyperDeck disk recorders via Ethernet.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003eDVE for Picture in Picture, Transitions and Effects\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the most exciting features on ATEM Mini is the digital video effects processor, commonly referred to as a \"DVE\", that allows picture in picture effects and crazy DVE transitions. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. The image quality is the same as high end ATEM switcher models and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE can also be used to create amazing transitions with 16 different DVE squeeze and DVE push effects for adding excitement to your programming. The DVE features a \"fly key\" so you can use it with custom graphics to create graphic wipe transitions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePROFESSIONAL BROADCAST TRANSITIONS ATEM MINI INCLUDES A WIDE RANGE OF BROADCAST QUALITY HD NATIVE TRANSITIONS SUCH AS MIX, DIP, WIPE AND MORE. ALL TRANSITIONS CAN BE CUSTOMIZED BY ADJUSTING PARAMETERS SUCH AS DURATION, BORDER COLOUR, BORDER WIDTH, POSITION AND DIRECTION. YOU CAN ALSO USE THE DVE IN TRANSITIONS, ALLOWING A GRAPHIC TO BE MOVED OVER THE WIPE EDGE WHICH IS CALLED A GRAPHIC WIPE, AND IS USED IN SPORTS PROGRAMMING. TO ELIMINATE ERRORS, ATEM MINI HAS A PREVIEW TRANSITION FEATURE SO YOU CAN CHECK YOUR TRANSITIONS BEFORE PUTTING THEM TO AIR.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBUILT-IN GRAPHICS WITH PHOTOSHOP PLUG-IN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in \"media pool\" allows the loading of up to 20 separate broadcast quality RGBA graphics for titles, opening plates and logos. The media player is used to output the selected image so it appears as an extra internal video source for use in graphics and titles. You can even use still frames for complex effects such as graphic wipes. ATEM Mini can even grab stills from the video output and add them to the internal media pool. Graphics can be loaded via ATEM Software Control or downloaded directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug-in. The Photoshop Plug-in is perfect for graphics that change often, such as scoreboards, as you can download directly into the media player.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINCLUDES NEW ATEM ADVANCED CHROMA KEY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or on-set presentation work, ATEM Mini is perfect as it has an upstream ATEM Advanced Chroma Key plus an additional downstream linear keyer. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a colour picker to sample background colours for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground colour corrector so you can match the foreground and background layers for seamless compositions. The keyer can also be used for pattern and DVE keying. You can even use it for title overlays by creating graphics with a green or blue background and the keyer will knock out the green and make the background transparent.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTRUE BROADCAST STYLE MIX EFFECTS SWITCHING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAlthough ATEM Mini works in \"cut bus\" mode when first purchased, it can also be changed to \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the way large broadcasters use live production switchers. Cut bus switching is easy and selecting any input will instantly switch to that source. However if you want to operate ATEM Mini like a true professional then you can change the switcher to program\/preview using ATEM Software Control. Mix effects operation allows a source to be selected but it won't be put on air until you press the cut or auto buttons. That 2 step program\/preview process means fewer mistakes. Program\/preview operation is best for training students for a career in broadcast.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMONITOR SOURCES AND STATUS WITH ATEM MINI PRO MULTIVIEW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen doing larger live productions with multiple cameras, it’s very useful to see all your video sources at the same time on a single monitor. The ATEM Mini Pro model includes a professional multiview that lets you see all 4 video inputs, plus preview and program on a single HDMI television or monitor. Simply select M\/V on the front panel video output control buttons to select multiview. Each camera view includes tally indicators so you know when each source is on-air, and each view also has custom labels and audio meters. You can also see the media player so you know what graphic is selected. Plus multiview even includes status for recording, streaming and the Fairlight audio mixer.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBUILT IN AUDIO MIXER WITH 6 BAND EQ, COMPRESSOR AND LIMITER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, ATEM Mini makes it possible to do complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer features a total of 12 channels so you can mix audio from all sources. That’s audio from all HDMI sources and the 2 stereo mic inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. You can even set up the software to auto mix between inputs as you switch \"AFV\" or to live mix multiple sources together all at once. All this audio power can be controlled via ATEM Software Control, or you can add a Mackie compatible panel or even a massive Fairlight Audio Console.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUSE ETHERNET CONTROL FOR WIRELESS INTERNET STREAMING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Software Control connects to ATEM Mini via USB or Ethernet, however the benefit of Ethernet is you can use it to share your computer's internet connection for streaming on the ATEM Mini Pro model. Simply connect ATEM Mini Pro via Ethernet and set your computer to share its internet. Using Ethernet is easy, and when launching the software, just select the ATEM Mini model. If you are streaming on ATEM Mini Pro, also set your computer to share its internet. Now you get both control and streaming via the single Ethernet cable. This provides amazing mobility as you can connect your computer to the internet using wireless connections such as WiFi or even 4G and 5G tethered phones.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONTROL AND COLOUR BALANCE CAMERAS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor a more broadcast style workflow, you can remote control your cameras from ATEM Mini. Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K and 6K models can work as studio cameras with control sent via the HDMI connection to ATEM Mini. That means you can control the camera settings as well as the camera’s colour corrector from ATEM Software Control. Imagine changing ISO and tint, plus lens iris, focus and zoom, so camera operators can focus on the shot. There are two types of control interface, CCU layout for traditional tint colour control and a DaVinci colour corrector interface allowing the camera’s built in DaVinci colour corrector to add incredible digital film \"looks\" to your live production.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDEVELOP CUSTOM REMOTE CONTROL SOLUTIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Ethernet connection also allows customized control solutions. Even though ATEM Mini includes ATEM Software Control, you can use the Ethernet to control the ATEM remotely, anywhere in the world. A popular workflow is to use the Ethernet to allow the ATEM Mini to be positioned near the HDMI cameras, but the control is positioned remotely in a quieter space, such as a control room. Imagine using the switcher from a control room and building a professional broadcasting studio where the control room can be separated away from the performance or interviews. Ethernet allows you to add as many panels as you like all at the same time, or you can build custom solutions using the developer SDK.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRECORD TO AN EXTERNAL HYPERDECK RECORDER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe HDMI program output is perfect for connecting ATEM Mini to an external recorder or monitor. ATEM Mini supports recorders such as Blackmagic Video Assist. You get a high quality output with switcher program video, plus live audio from the internal audio mixer. The HDMI output can even be connected to video projectors in large venues. If you connect ATEM Software Control you can even ISO record from one of the inputs. Plus on the more advanced ATEM Mini Pro model you can generate multiple formats by recording from the HDMI program output in ProRes while simultaneously recording the H.264 video stream to a USB flash disk.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111280868,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMMINIBPR","price":206.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMMINIBPR_81ef125d-0903-4744-90ff-b23c8f06d968.jpg?v=1764755967"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-atem-mini-pro-iso","title":"Blackmagic ATEM Mini Pro ISO","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eATEM MINI PRO ISO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis model adds recording of up to 5 separate H.264 video streams in real time. That's a clean feed of all inputs and plus the live program. A DaVinci Resolve project file is also saved so you can open your live production to adjust edits, change shots, remix audio and add colour correction.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEDIT LIVE PRODUCTION WITH SEPARATE ISO RECORDINGS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Mini Pro ISO model lets you edit your live event because it can record 5 video streams, including clean feeds of all inputs and the program recording, all at the same time. Media pool images used are also saved with the video files. The video files include metadata tags such as synced timecode and camera numbers. Imagine re-editing your show with new colour grades, effects and graphics. Even the audio sources are all recorded so you can professionally remix your audio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEDIT LIVE PRODUCTION IN DAVINCI RESOLVE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Mini Pro ISO model can also save a DaVinci Resolve project file, so with a single click, you can open your live production as a video edit. All cuts, dissolves and media pool graphics will be loaded. This means you can fine tune edit points or even completely replace shots. The DaVinci Resolve Sync Bin lets you select new shots via a multiview so it's very easy to use. You can even relink to Blackmagic RAW camera files for adding professional colour correction and finishing in Ultra HD.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eADD EXCITING VIDEO EFFECTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the benefits of ATEM Mini is the professional production values that are possible using the range of built in video effects. The cut button ensures an instant cut when switching between sources. The auto button is a professional term that's used on large broadcast switchers to enable video effects transitions. There are duration buttons for video effects allowing 0.5, 1, 1.5 and 2 second settings. You can also select the type of effect you want including mix, which does a smooth transition between sources, and dip which fades via a colour during the transition. Or use fun DVE effects that move the image off screen when transitioning between sources.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINTRODUCING LOW COST, MULTI CAMERA, LIVE PRODUCTION WITH ADVANCED BROADCAST FEATURES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Mini switchers make it easy to create professional multi camera productions for live streaming to YouTube and innovative business presentations using Skype or Zoom. Simply connect ATEM Mini and you can switch live between 4 high quality video camera inputs for dramatically better quality images. Or connect a computer for PowerPoint slides or gaming consoles. The built in DVE allows exciting picture in picture effects, perfect for commentary. There are loads of video effects too. All ATEM Mini models have USB that works like a webcam so you can use any streaming software while the ATEM Mini Pro model adds live streaming and recording to USB disks. ATEM Mini even has secret broadcast features built in so it can do high end work.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFASTER VIDEO PRODUCTION PLUS LIVE STREAMING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eLive production is the fastest way to complete a finished program, plus you can stream it to a live global audience via YouTube at the same time. The USB webcam output of ATEM Mini connects to any computer and looks just like a built in webcam, so all streaming software for social media platforms work. With up to 4 HDMI inputs you can set up multiple camera angles such as wide shots along with independent close ups of each person in the performance. Or you can connect to a computer with a PowerPoint slide show, video clip playback, websites or gaming consoles. All switching is in real time so you can live stream to any social media platform such as YouTube, Facebook, TwitchTV and many more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEASY TO USE AND FAST TO LEARN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere's never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press any of the input buttons labelled 1 to 4 on the front panel to cut between video sources. You can choose between cut or effects transitions by selecting the cut or auto buttons. Unlike cut, the auto button tells ATEM Mini to use a video effect when switching inputs. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such as dip to colour, DVE squeeze and DVE push. The DVE is perfect for picture in picture effects and you can instantly set up different picture positions. There is even a still store for titles and graphics accessible via external software control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSTREAM LIVE INTERVIEWS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Mini is perfect for interviews as you can connect multiple cameras for close ups of the host, or interviewee, as well as wide shots plus ATEM Mini is so small the host can even switch in small studios. You can record via the HDMI output or live stream using Open Broadcaster software.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBUSINESS PRESENTATIONS VIA SKYPE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eGet dramatically better business presentations on Skype because ATEM Mini makes Skype see it as a webcam, so you can select it in the Skype settings. One camera can be a close up, another for a wide shot and a computer for PowerPoint presentations. The presenter can even use picture in picture.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLIVE STREAM ESPORT COMPETITIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eLive stream eSport competitions to Twitch by simply connecting multiple gaming consoles and a camera for a presenter. ATEM Mini operates up to 60 frames per second for fast gameplay and you can use picture in picture for commentary. You can even download titles from Photoshop.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKICKSTARTER AND INVESTOR UPDATES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eRaise the professionalism of Kickstarter or investor presentations to fund your new product idea. Connect a camera for the presenter, a camera for a product close up and a computer for business plan slides. Then present live via Skype and post recordings online for investors to view.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEDUCATION AND TRAINING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Mini is perfect for educational videos. Setup is fast and easy, so you can travel to locations and record live multi camera video productions on a wide range of educational topics. Connect computers and cameras and use the ATEM Software Panel to load titles and perform video effects.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONNECT UP TO 4 INDEPENDENT CAMERAS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 independent HDMI inputs, you can connect up to 4 high quality video cameras. Video cameras with HDMI outputs are dramatically better quality than simple webcams as they use higher quality lenses and have better low light sensitivity. All video sources will re‑sync to the switcher if they operate at different video standards so you don't have to worry about connecting video devices as they all just work. Cameras with HDMI often support interchangeable lenses so you can change to wide angle lenses for wide shots and zoom lenses for close‑ups. Imagine taking advantage of the low light capability of better cameras for theater production, weddings, school concerts and music videos.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOUTPUTS TO HDMI VIDEO AND USB WEBCAM\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo ensure maximum compatibility, ATEM Mini features a USB connection that operates as a simple webcam source. That means you can plug in and instantly get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM Mini is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software and in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Open Broadcaster for live streaming, or Skype for Powerpoint presentations. ATEM Mini works with software and platforms such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster, YouTube Live, Facebook Live, Skype, Zoom, Twitch, Periscope, Livestream, Wirecast and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLIVE STREAM VIA ETHERNET ON ATEM MINI PRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Mini Pro model has a built in hardware streaming engine for live streaming via its built in Ethernet connection. That means you can live stream to YouTube, Facebook and Twitch in better quality, without dropped frames and with much simpler settings. Just select the streaming service and enter the streaming key. There are palettes in ATEM Software Control for streaming setup and status, plus streaming status is also displayed in the multiview. Streaming status is easy to understand as the data rate indicator shows internet speed required for the video format you're using. If you're technically minded, you can even hack the detailed streaming profiles in the XML preference file and load new services.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRECORD DIRECT TO USB FLASH DISKS WITH ATEM MINI PRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Mini Pro model also supports direct recording of your streaming data to USB flash disks. That means you get very long recordings in the same H.264 video files with AAC audio that you streamed, so you can direct upload to any online video site, such as YouTube and Vimeo. ATEM Mini Pro supports multiple disks when used with a USB hub or Blackmagic MultiDock, so when a disk fills recording can continue to a second disk for non-stop recording. Record settings and disk selection are set up in ATEM Software Control and there's a record status view in the built in multiview. You can even trigger recording on external Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Cameras.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWORK WITH PROFESSIONAL MICROPHONES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith two independent 3.5mm stereo audio inputs, you can connect desktop and lapel microphones. You can even connect a music player to generate introduction music after the live stream commences but before the program starts. With 2 extra stereo audio inputs, you can ensure a host and guest both have lapel microphones when doing interviews. All audio inputs to ATEM Mini include buttons on the panel for adjusting audio level and enabling inputs into the audio mixer. ATEM Mini features a full Fairlight audio mixer and all HDMI audio inputs and both microphone inputs are all connected separately to the audio mixer so you can live mix from all audio sources.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAUTOMATICALLY CONVERTS ANY HDMI INPUT FORMAT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEach of the 4 HDMI inputs feature their own dedicated standards converter. That means ATEM Mini will automatically convert 1080p, 1080i and 720p sources to the video standard of the switcher. By default the switcher will set its video format automatically, however you can also set the switcher to a specific video standard you need. The HDMI output is a true \"aux\" output so you can clean switch each HDMI input or program to this output. You can even \"direct\" switch input 1 to the HDMI output for low latency eSport productions. If you're using program\/preview switching, the HDMI out can be selected to preview, or on the ATEM Mini Pro model, it can be selected to display a full multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSECRET BROADCAST FEATURES BUILT IN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhile ATEM Mini is easy to use, it's also hiding very powerful broadcast features. If you're interested in a career in the television industry, then ATEM Mini is perfect for training as it has the same features as switchers in high end broadcast studios. You get an ATEM Advanced Chroma Key, Fairlight audio mixer, DVE, still store for graphics and much more. Simply run the free ATEM Software Control app on Mac or Windows while connected via USB or Ethernet to access the extended features of the ATEM Mini. With a little experimentation you can learn how to produce broadcast quality live production. Only ATEM Mini is a true broadcast switcher hidden in a tiny and affordable design.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINCLUDES FREE ATEM SOFTWARE CONTROL PANEL\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control app unlocks the hidden power of ATEM Mini and allows access to every feature in the switcher. ATEM Software Control features a visual switcher user interface with parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Although you can normally connect via USB, if you connect using Ethernet it's possible for multiple users to connect to ATEM Mini using separate copies of ATEM Software Control on different computers. The software lets you access full audio mixing with effects, load still frames and even do advanced macro programming. You can even save the switcher state as an XML file. If you need clip playback, you can even control HyperDeck disk recorders via Ethernet.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDVE FOR PICTURE IN PICTURE, TRANSITIONS AND EFFECTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the most exciting features on ATEM Mini is the digital video effects processor, commonly referred to as a \"DVE\", that allows picture in picture effects and crazy DVE transitions. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. The image quality is the same as high end ATEM switcher models and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE can also be used to create amazing transitions with 16 different DVE squeeze and DVE push effects for adding excitement to your programming. The DVE features a \"fly key\" so you can use it with custom graphics to create graphic wipe transitions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTRUE BROADCAST STYLE MIX EFFECTS SWITCHING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAlthough ATEM Mini works in \"cut bus\" mode when first purchased, it can also be changed to \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the way large broadcasters use live production switchers. Cut bus switching is easy and selecting any input will instantly switch to that source. However if you want to operate ATEM Mini like a true professional then you can change the switcher to program\/preview using ATEM Software Control. Mix effects operation allows a source to be selected but it won't be put on air until you press the cut or auto buttons. That 2 step program\/preview process means fewer mistakes. Program\/preview operation is best for training students for a career in broadcast.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMONITOR SOURCES AND STATUS WITH ATEM MINI PRO MULTIVIEW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen doing larger live productions with multiple cameras, it’s very useful to see all your video sources at the same time on a single monitor. The ATEM Mini Pro model includes a professional multiview that lets you see all 4 video inputs, plus preview and program on a single HDMI television or monitor. Simply select M\/V on the front panel video output control buttons to select multiview. Each camera view includes tally indicators so you know when each source is on-air, and each view also has custom labels and audio meters. You can also see the media player so you know what graphic is selected. Plus multiview even includes status for recording, streaming and the Fairlight audio mixer.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBUILT IN AUDIO MIXER WITH 6 BAND EQ, COMPRESSOR AND LIMITER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, ATEM Mini makes it possible to do complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer features a total of 12 channels so you can mix audio from all sources. That’s audio from all HDMI sources and the 2 stereo mic inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. You can even set up the software to auto mix between inputs as you switch \"AFV\" or to live mix multiple sources together all at once. All this audio power can be controlled via ATEM Software Control, or you can add a Mackie compatible panel or even a massive Fairlight Audio Console.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUSE ETHERNET CONTROL FOR WIRELESS INTERNET STREAMING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Software Control connects to ATEM Mini via USB or Ethernet, however the benefit of Ethernet is you can use it to share your computer's internet connection for streaming on the ATEM Mini Pro model. Simply connect ATEM Mini Pro via Ethernet and set your computer to share its internet. Using Ethernet is easy, and when launching the software, just select the ATEM Mini model. If you are streaming on ATEM Mini Pro, also set your computer to share its internet. Now you get both control and streaming via the single Ethernet cable. This provides amazing mobility as you can connect your computer to the internet using wireless connections such as WiFi or even 4G and 5G tethered phones.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONTROL AND COLOUR BALANCE CAMERAS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor a more broadcast style workflow, you can remote control your cameras from ATEM Mini. Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K and 6K models can work as studio cameras with control sent via the HDMI connection to ATEM Mini. That means you can control the camera settings as well as the camera’s colour corrector from ATEM Software Control. Imagine changing ISO and tint, plus lens iris, focus and zoom, so camera operators can focus on the shot. There are two types of control interface, CCU layout for traditional tint colour control and a DaVinci colour corrector interface allowing the camera’s built in DaVinci colour corrector to add incredible digital film \"looks\" to your live production.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDEVELOP CUSTOM REMOTE CONTROL SOLUTIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Ethernet connection also allows customized control solutions. Even though ATEM Mini includes ATEM Software Control, you can use the Ethernet to control the ATEM remotely, anywhere in the world. A popular workflow is to use the Ethernet to allow the ATEM Mini to be positioned near the HDMI cameras, but the control is positioned remotely in a quieter space, such as a control room. Imagine using the switcher from a control room and building a professional broadcasting studio where the control room can be separated away from the performance or interviews. Ethernet allows you to add as many panels as you like all at the same time, or you can build custom solutions using the developer SDK.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRECORD TO AN EXTERNAL HYPERDECK RECORDER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe HDMI program output is perfect for connecting ATEM Mini to an external recorder or monitor. ATEM Mini supports recorders such as Blackmagic Video Assist. You get a high quality output with switcher program video, plus live audio from the internal audio mixer. The HDMI output can even be connected to video projectors in large venues. If you connect ATEM Software Control you can even ISO record from one of the inputs. Plus on the more advanced ATEM Mini Pro model you can generate multiple formats by recording from the HDMI program output in ProRes while simultaneously recording the H.264 video stream to a USB flash disk.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111313636,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMMINIBPRISO","price":348.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMMINIBPRISO_b7513244-691a-4f68-8b9d-32ac6985ced8.jpg?v=1764755969"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-mini-extreme","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Mini Extreme","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Mini Extreme is an advanced switcher for true professionals. You get all the ATEM Mini Pro features plus 8 HDMI inputs, 2 separate HDMI outputs, 2 USB ports and a headphone connection. There are also 4 chroma keyers, 6 picture in picture DVEs, 2 media players and a multiview with up to 16 views.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Use and Fast to Learn\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere's never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press any of the input buttons labelled by number on the front panel to cut between video sources. You can choose between cut or effects transitions by selecting the cut or auto buttons. Unlike cut, the auto button tells ATEM Mini to use a video effect when switching inputs. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such as dip to colour, DVE squeeze and DVE push. Add a DVE effect for picture in picture effects with customized picture positions and background. There are even \"media players\" which are a still store for titles and graphics that you can load via external software control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eStream Live Interviews\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Mini is perfect for interviews as you can connect multiple cameras for close ups of the host, or interviewee, as well as wide shots plus ATEM Mini is so small the host can even switch in small studios. Plus ATEM Mini Pro and Extreme models support live streaming to YouTube, Facebook and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect up to 8 Independent Cameras\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 or 8 HDMI inputs depending on the model, you can connect multiple cameras for different views. Video cameras with HDMI outputs are better quality than simple webcams as they use higher quality lenses and have better low light sensitivity. All video sources will re-sync to the switcher if they operate at different video standards so you don't have to worry about connecting video devices as they all just work. Cameras with HDMI often support interchangeable lenses so you can change to wide angle lenses for wide shots and zoom lenses for close ups. Imagine taking advantage of the low light capability of better cameras for theater production, weddings, school concerts and music videos.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutputs to HDMI Video and USB Webcam\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo ensure maximum compatibility, all ATEM Mini models feature USB that operates as a simple webcam source. That means you can plug into a computer and get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM Mini is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software and in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams or Skype for a new way to do presentations with a professional multi camera broadcast quality style. The ATEM Mini webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLive Stream via Ethernet\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Mini Extreme models have a built in hardware streaming engine for live streaming via their ethernet connections. That means you can live stream to YouTube, Facebook and Twitch in better quality, without dropped frames and with simpler settings. Just select the streaming service and enter the streaming key. There are palettes in ATEM Software Control for streaming setup, plus streaming status is also displayed in the multiview. Streaming status is easy to understand as the data rate indicator shows internet speed required for the video format you're using. If you're technically minded, you can update the streaming profiles in an XML settings file to load new services.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect 5G or 4G Phones for Mobile Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you’re doing live production on location then the ATEM Mini Extreme models support connecting an Apple or Android phone to the USB port to use mobile data. It's also a great backup for the main Ethernet connection. Phone tethering works with the latest high speed 5G phones plus the more common 4G phones. The ATEM switcher will automatically detect when a phone is connected and switch its internet connection to use it, eliminating the need for changing settings. When connected, the phone will power from the USB port so it remains charged from the switcher. By using phone tethering and mobile data, ATEM Mini Extreme become the perfect mobile production solutions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWork with Professional Microphones\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith two independent 3.5mm stereo audio inputs, you can connect desktop and lapel microphones. You can even connect a music player to generate introduction music after the live stream commences but before the program starts. With 2 extra stereo audio inputs, you can ensure a host and guest both have lapel microphones when doing interviews. All audio inputs to ATEM Mini include buttons on the panel for adjusting audio level and enabling inputs into the audio mixer. Plus all models feature a Fairlight audio mixer with all HDMI inputs and both microphone inputs are all connected to the audio mixer so you can live mix from all audio sources. The ATEM Mini Extreme also adds a headphone output.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111346404,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMMINICEXT","price":686.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMMINICEXT-2_285068cb-4dca-4075-8b47-798138ebf346.jpg?v=1764755970"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-mini-extreme-iso-g2","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Mini Extreme ISO G2","description":"\u003cp\u003eATEM Mini switchers make it easy to create professional multi camera productions for live streaming to YouTube and business presentations using Zoom or Teams! Simply connect ATEM Mini and you can switch live up to 8 high quality video camera inputs for dramatically better quality images. You can use the built in DVE for exciting picture in picture effects, perfect for commentary! Plus, ATEM Mini is loaded with video effects and secret broadcast features you can use to produce high end work! ATEM Mini supports SRT streaming for low latency and secure streaming. You can even sync your recording to Blackmagic Cloud, so you can edit your live production with DaVinci Resolve anywhere in the world!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eLive production is the fastest way for you to complete a finished program, which you can also simultaneously stream via YouTube to a live global audience. ATEM Mini has a built in hardware streaming engine that works with both RTMP and SRT streaming protocols, so you can live stream to all popular social media platforms and without any extra streaming software required! ATEM Mini features up to 8 HDMI inputs, depending on the model, that you can use to set up multiple camera angles such as wide shots and close ups. Then you can connect to an HDMI computer with PowerPoint slide shows, websites and gaming cons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf Contained Broadcast Quality Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Mini’s compact all in one design includes both a control panel as well as connections. The front panel includes easy to use buttons for selecting sources, video effects and transitions. The source buttons are large so it’s possible to use it by feel, letting the presenter do the switching! You even get buttons for audio mixing! You also get buttons for record and streaming control, as well as output selection buttons that let you change the video output between cameras, program and multi-view. On the rear panel there are HDMI connections for cameras or computers or even gaming consoles, extra microphone inputs, USB for webcam out plus an HDMI \"aux\" output for program video.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp id=\"JB2HYNP\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Use and Fast to Learn!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThere's never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press any of the input buttons labelled by number on the front panel to cut between video sources. You can choose between cut or effects transitions by selecting the cut or auto buttons. Unlike cut, the auto button tells ATEM Mini to use a video effect when switching inputs. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such as dip to color, DVE squeeze and DVE push. Add a DVE effect for picture in picture effects with customized picture positions and background. There are even \"media players\" which are a still store for titles and graphics that you can load via external software control.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111379172,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMMINICEXTISOG2","price":1425.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMMINICEXTISOG2.jpg?v=1764755971"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-atem-streaming-bridge","title":"Blackmagic ATEM Streaming Bridge","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStream to Yourself with ATEM Streaming Bridge\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Streaming Bridge is a video converter that lets you receive a H.264 stream from any ATEM Mini Pro and convert it back to SDI and HDMI video. This means you can send video to remote locations around your local Ethernet network, or via the internet globally.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThat's possible because it uses advanced H.264 codecs for higher quality at very low data rates. Imagine broadcasters and bloggers collaborating on shows and creating global networks of ATEM Mini Pro remote broadcast studios. Setup is easy as the ATEM software utility can create setup files that you can email to remote ATEM Mini Pro studios. ATEM Streaming Bridge is the perfect way use ATEM Mini Pro as a remote broadcast studio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111411940,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMMINISBPR","price":174.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMMINISBPR_d89c2688-ce3c-4b77-984e-d8f4185dae40.jpg?v=1764755975"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-sdi","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM SDI","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA New Generation of Ultra Portable Live Production\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI gives you the portable design of ATEM Mini, but its SDI connections means you can connect advanced broadcast quality cameras and recorders. This opens up a whole new world of ultra portable live production. The incredibly portable design means you can fit a whole broadcast quality live production system in a small bag or even a backpack. You can use multiple cameras on location and live stream direct to YouTube, or create a broadcast quality link back to a studio with ATEM Streaming Bridge. Unlike single camera remote shoots, ATEM SDI lets you connect multiple cameras so you can create interesting remote interviews with multiple camera angles.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/R04LRTCs28c\" title=\"Introducing ATEM SDI\" width=\"640\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf Contained Broadcast Quality Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI’s compact all in one design includes both a control panel as well as connections. The front panel includes easy to use buttons for selecting sources, video effects and transitions. The source buttons are large so it’s possible to use it by feel, letting the presenter do the switching. You even get buttons for audio mixing. The ATEM SDI Pro and Extreme models have buttons for recording and streaming control, as well as output selection buttons that let you change the video output between program, direct camera feeds and the multiview. On the rear panel there are SDI connections for cameras, extra microphone inputs, USB for webcam plus multiple SDI \"aux\" outputs for program video.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Use and Fast to Learn\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere's never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press any of the input buttons labelled by number on the front panel to cut between video sources. You can choose between cut or effects transitions by selecting the cut or auto buttons. Unlike cut, the auto button tells ATEM SDI to use a video effect when switching inputs. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such as dip to colour, DVE squeeze and DVE push. Add a DVE effect for picture in picture effects with customized picture positions and background. There are even \"media players\" which are a still store for titles and graphics that you can load via external software control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect up to 8 Broadcast Cameras\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 or 8 video inputs, depending on the model, ATEM SDI lets you connect multiple cameras for different views of the performance. Video cameras with SDI outputs such as Blackmagic Studio Camera or Blackmagic URSA Broadcast G2 are much better quality as they have better low light performance and they use professional lenses. All video sources will re-sync to the switcher, even if they operate at different video standards. Everything just works so setup on location is easy and you don't have to worry about technical problems. Imagine taking advantage of the creative freedom of multi camera live production for interviews, advertorials, theater production, music performances, sports and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutputs Webcam for Video Software\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo ensure maximum compatibility, all ATEM SDI models feature USB that operates as a simple webcam source. That means you can plug into a computer and get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM SDI is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software and in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams or Skype for a new way to do presentations with a professional multi camera broadcast quality style. The ATEM SDI webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLive Stream via Ethernet on ATEM SDI Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme models have a built in hardware streaming engine for live streaming via their ethernet connections. That means you can live stream to YouTube, Facebook and Twitch in better quality, without dropped frames and with simpler settings. Just select the streaming service and enter the streaming key. There are palettes in ATEM Software Control for streaming setup, plus streaming status is also displayed in the multiview. Streaming status is easy to understand as the data rate indicator shows internet speed required for the video format you're using. If you're technically minded, you can update the streaming profiles in an XML settings file to load new services.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect 5G or 4G Phones for Mobile Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you’re doing live production on location then the ATEM SDI Pro and Extreme models support connecting an Apple or Android phone to the USB port to use mobile data. It's also a great backup for the main Ethernet connection. Phone tethering works with the latest high speed 5G phones plus the more common 4G phones. The ATEM switcher will automatically detect when a phone is connected and switch its internet connection to use it, eliminating the need for changing settings. When connected, the phone will power from the USB port so it remains charged from the switcher. By using phone tethering for mobile data, ATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme become the perfect mobile production solutions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecord Direct to USB Flash Disks with ATEM SDI Pro\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM SDI Pro and Extreme models also support direct recording of your streaming data to USB flash disks. That means you get very long recordings in the same H.264 video files with AAC audio that you streamed, so you can direct upload to any online video site, such as YouTube or Vimeo. Recording to multiple disks is also supported via a USB hub so when a disk fills, recording can continue to a second disk so you get non-stop recording. Record settings and disk selection are set up in ATEM Software Control and you can also display the recording status in the multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdit Live Production with Separate ISO Recordings\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM SDI Pro ISO and Extreme ISO models allow you to edit your live event as they can record multiple video streams, including clean feeds of all inputs and program, all at the same time. Media pool images used are also saved with the video files. The video files include metadata tags such as synced timecode and camera numbers. Imagine re-editing your show with new colour grades, effects and graphics. Even the audio sources are all recorded so you can professionally remix your audio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdit Live Production in DaVinci Resolve\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ISO models also save a DaVinci Resolve project file, so with a single click you can open your live production as a video edit. All cuts, dissolves and media pool graphics will be loaded. This means you can fine tune edit points or even completely replace shots. The DaVinci Resolve Sync Bin lets you edit shots via a multiview interface, so it's easy to use and fast. All ISO files will be automatically aligned by timecode, so you can scroll along and see all camera angles perfectly synced.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Exciting Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the benefits of ATEM SDI is the professional production values that are possible using the range of built in video effects. The cut button ensures an instant cut when switching between sources. The auto button is a professional term that's used on large broadcast switchers to enable video effect transitions. There are duration buttons for video effects allowing 0.5, 1, 1.5 and 2 second settings. You can also select the type of effect you want including mix, which does a smooth transition between sources, and dip which fades via a colour during the transition. Or use fun DVE effects that move the image off screen when transitioning between sources.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWork with Professional Microphones\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith two independent 3.5mm stereo audio inputs, you can connect desktop and lapel microphones. You can even connect a music player to generate introduction music after the live stream commences but before the program starts. With 2 extra stereo audio inputs, you can ensure a host and guest both have lapel microphones when doing interviews. All audio inputs to ATEM SDI include buttons on the panel for adjusting audio level and enabling inputs into the audio mixer. Plus all models feature a Fairlight audio mixer with all SDI inputs and both microphone inputs connected to the audio mixer allowing live mixing from all your audio sources. The ATEM SDI Extreme also adds a headphone output.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatically Converts Any SDI Input Format\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEach 3G-SDI video input features its own dedicated standards converter. That means ATEM SDI will automatically convert 1080p, 1080i and 720p sources to the switcher video standard. By default the switcher will set its video format automatically, however you can also set the switcher to any video standard manually. The SDI outputs are a true \"aux\" outputs so you can independently customize the source video routed to each SDI output. All outputs can be connected to cameras as they include camera control and tally information. On the more powerful ATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme models, the SDI output can also be selected to display the built in multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSecret Broadcast Features Built In\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhile ATEM SDI is easy to use, it also has very powerful high end broadcast features. ATEM SDI is even perfect for training new live production crews as it has the same features as the massive switchers used in large broadcast studios. You get an ATEM Advanced Chroma Key, Fairlight audio mixer, DVE, still store for graphics and much more. Simply run the free ATEM Software Control app on Mac or Windows while connected via USB or Ethernet to access the extended features of the ATEM SDI. With a little experimentation you can learn how to produce broadcast quality live production. Only ATEM SDI is a true broadcast switcher hidden in a tiny and affordable design.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Free ATEM Software Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control app unlocks the hidden power of ATEM SDI and allows access to every feature in the switcher. ATEM Software Control features a visual switcher user interface with parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Although you can normally connect via USB, if you connect using Ethernet it's possible for multiple users to connect to ATEM SDI using separate copies of ATEM Software Control on different computers. The software lets you access full audio mixing with effects, load still frames and even do advanced macro programming. You can even save the switcher state as an XML file. If you need clip playback, you can even control HyperDeck disk recorders via Ethernet.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDVE for Picture in Picture, Transitions and Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the most exciting features on ATEM SDI is the built in DVE that allows picture in picture effects and DVE transitions. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. The image quality is the same as high end ATEM switcher models and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE can also be used to create amazing transitions with 16 different DVE squeeze and DVE push effects for adding excitement to your programming. The DVE features a \"fly key\" so you can use it with custom graphics to create graphic wipe transitions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Broadcast Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI includes a wide range of broadcast quality HD native transitions such as mix, dip, wipe and more. All transitions can be customized by adjusting parameters such as duration, border colour, border width, position and direction. You can also use the DVE in transitions, allowing a graphic to be moved over the wipe edge which is called a graphic wipe, and is commonly used in sports programming. To eliminate errors, ATEM SDI has a preview transition feature so you can check your transitions before putting them to air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in Graphics with Photoshop Plug‑In\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in \"media pool\" allows the loading of up to 20 separate broadcast quality RGBA graphics for titles, opening plates and logos. The media player is used to output the selected image so it appears as an extra internal video source for use in graphics and titles. You can even use still frames for complex effects such as graphic wipes. ATEM SDI can also grab stills from video and save them to the internal media pool. Graphics can be loaded via ATEM Software Control or downloaded directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug-in. The Photoshop Plug-in is perfect for graphics that change often, such as scoreboards, as you can download directly into the media player.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes New ATEM Advanced Chroma Key\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or on-set presentation work, ATEM SDI is perfect as it features the powerful ATEM Advanced Chroma Key for green screen keying effects. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a colour picker to sample background colours for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground colour corrector so you can match the foreground and background layers for seamless compositions. You can even use it for title overlays by creating graphics with a green or blue background. Plus the ATEM SDI Extreme includes a massive 4 separate ATEM Advanced Chroma Keyers, for a keyer per camera, allowing virtual set production.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Amazing Virtual Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM SDI Extreme models include 4 upstream chroma keyers and this allows you to build exciting virtual sets. With 4 independent chroma keyers, you get a keyer per camera so you can build a virtual set for up to 4 cameras. With ATEM SDI Extreme you have 8 inputs, 4 to use for cameras and the other 4 can be connected to a virtual set computer for the rendered backgrounds. Or if you don't need to move your cameras, you can do fixed camera virtual sets by loading pre rendered still image backgrounds from the media players and media pool. You can setup macros to change cameras and load the correct background into the media players.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful SuperSource Processing\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to 2 independent DVEs in the ATEM SDI Extreme models, there's also a powerful SuperSource multi layer processor with 4 extra DVE layers plus a background layer, that all appear to ATEM SDI Extreme as an additional input source. Any ATEM SDI Extreme video input can be used for each SuperSource DVE, then it’s all layered together over a media pool custom background. SuperSource is perfect for doing multiple picture in picture displays with people being interviewed because you can set up the effect before putting it to air, still keeping both main DVEs free for other tasks. SuperSource is just like having an extra multi-layer VFX switcher built in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Broadcast Style Mix Effects Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAlthough ATEM SDI works in \"cut bus\" mode when first purchased, it can also be changed to \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the way broadcasters normally use live production switchers. Cut bus switching is easy and selecting any input will instantly switch to that source. However if you want to operate ATEM SDI like a true professional then you can change the switcher to program\/preview using ATEM Software Control settings. Mix effects operation allows a source to be selected but it won't be put on air until you press the cut or auto buttons. That 2 step program\/preview process means fewer mistakes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMonitor Sources and Status with ATEM SDI Pro Multiview\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen doing larger live productions with multiple cameras, it’s very useful to see all your video sources at the same time on a single monitor. The ATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme models include a professional multiview that lets you see all video inputs, preview and program on a single SDI monitor. Simply select M\/V button on the front panel to select the multiview. Each camera view includes tally indicators so you know when each source is on-air, and each view also has custom labels and audio meters. Plus the ATEM SDI Extreme models allow you to select up to 16 custom views. Multiview even includes status for recording, streaming and the audio mixer.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt In Audio Mixer with 6 Band EQ, Compressor and Limiter\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, ATEM SDI makes it possible to do complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer features enough channels for each SDI input so you can mix audio from all sources. That’s audio from all SDI sources, plus the 2 stereo mic inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. You can even set up the software to auto mix between inputs as you switch \"AFV\" or to live mix multiple sources together all at once. All this audio power can be controlled via ATEM Software Control, or you can add a Mackie compatible panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Broadcast Links with ATEM Streaming Bridge\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Streaming Bridge is a video converter that lets you receive a H.264 stream from any ATEM SDI Pro or ATEM SDI Extreme and convert it back to video. This means you can send video to remote locations around your local Ethernet network, or via the internet globally. That's possible because it uses an advanced H.264 codec for high quality at very low data rates. This means you can create broadcast quality links back to your studio using the internet, so it's much lower cost. To make setup is easy, the ATEM software utility can create a setup files that you can email to the remote studio. ATEM Streaming Bridge is the perfect way to use ATEM SDI as a remote broadcast studio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDevelop Custom Remote Control Solutions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Ethernet connection also allows customized control solutions. Even though ATEM SDI includes ATEM Software Control, you can use the Ethernet to control the ATEM remotely, anywhere in the world. A popular workflow is to use the Ethernet to allow the ATEM SDI to be positioned near the cameras, but the control is positioned remotely in a quieter space, such as a control room. Imagine using the switcher from a control room and building a professional broadcasting studio where the control room can be separated away from the performance or interviews. Ethernet allows you to add as many panels as you like all at the same time, or you can build custom solutions using the developer SDK.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect a HDMI Computer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you need to connect computer graphics to ATEM SDI, then you can use a Micro Converter HDMI to SDI. Because the connection is direct, the quality is amazing. If you create graphics with a green background, then the ATEM Advanced Keyer will allow compositing titles over a live background. Computers also make fantastic media players.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect a HDMI Camera\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eConnect a Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K or 6K by using a Micro Converter BiDirect SDI\/HDMI. It will convert the camera HDMI to the switcher SDI input. It can also take an SDI output of the switcher and embed the camera control into the HDMI data link back to the camera. This gives you tally and colour corrector control direct from the switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch Faster with an ATEM 1 M\/E Advanced Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith Ethernet built in, ATEM SDI can use hardware control panels for high end workflows that take advantage of the hidden broadcast features in the switcher. The ATEM 1 M\/E Advanced Panel features the fast program\/preview style with separate source buttons for both program and preview rows. Get direct access to all transitions automatically or manually using the t-bar. For accurate control of the DVE, the joystick provides X, Y positioning with rotation setting the DVE size. You also get LCD menus to control features that don't have dedicated knobs and buttons. You can even program and trigger macros. Plus you can still use the hardware panel if you upgrade to a bigger ATEM switcher later.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGet Industry Standard Professional Camera Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen working on live production, its critical all cameras are perfectly matched with good colour balance for a consistent look when transitioning between the each camera. The ATEM Camera Control Panel works with ATEM SDI and is the perfect solution for camera control. All control commands are sent to the cameras using the SDI camera control protocol which is supported by cameras such as Blackmagic URSA Broadcast and Blackmagic Studio Cameras. You get dedicated controls including CCU style joystick and controls for RGB camera colour, master gain, black, iris and more. Plus all controls are arranged in a familiar broadcast layout perfect for both experienced and new operators.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Blackmagic Cameras, Panels, Decks and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI is even more powerful it can be expanded to grow with you. Add an ATEM Advanced Panel to get professional industry standard switcher control. Then add an ATEM Camera Control Panel for fast control and colour balancing of up to four cameras. For cameras, Blackmagic Studio Cameras make great studio cameras as they have tally and control all built into the compact and very portable design. For mastering, Blackmagic HyperDeck Studio recorders are perfect because they include popular file formats such as ProRes, H.264 and DNx. You can even live stream using an UltraStudio or Blackmagic Web Presenter. Then add a Micro Converter SDI to HDMI 3G converter for HDMI monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111444708,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMMXEP","price":250.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMMXEP_e23a1f07-31a2-45fa-97cb-3003e804b933.jpg?v=1764755977"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-sdi-pro-iso","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM SDI Pro ISO","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA NEW GENERATION OF ULTRA PORTABLE LIVE PRODUCTION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI gives you the portable design of ATEM Mini, but its SDI connections means you can connect advanced broadcast quality cameras and recorders. This opens up a whole new world of ultra portable live production. The incredibly portable design means you can fit a whole broadcast quality live production system in a small bag or even a backpack. You can use multiple cameras on location and live stream direct to YouTube, or create a broadcast quality link back to a studio with ATEM Streaming Bridge. Unlike single camera remote shoots, ATEM SDI lets you connect multiple cameras so you can create interesting remote interviews with multiple camera angles.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSELF CONTAINED BROADCAST QUALITY SWITCHER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI’s compact all in one design includes both a control panel as well as connections. The front panel includes easy to use buttons for selecting sources, video effects and transitions. The source buttons are large so it’s possible to use it by feel, letting the presenter do the switching. You even get buttons for audio mixing. The ATEM SDI Pro and Extreme models have buttons for recording and streaming control, as well as output selection buttons that let you change the video output between program, direct camera feeds and the multiview. On the rear panel there are SDI connections for cameras, extra microphone inputs, USB for webcam plus multiple SDI \"aux\" outputs for program video.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEASY TO USE AND FAST TO LEARN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere's never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press any of the input buttons labelled by number on the front panel to cut between video sources. You can choose between cut or effects transitions by selecting the cut or auto buttons. Unlike cut, the auto button tells ATEM SDI to use a video effect when switching inputs. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such as dip to colour, DVE squeeze and DVE push. Add a DVE effect for picture in picture effects with customized picture positions and background. There are even \"media players\" which are a still store for titles and graphics that you can load via external software control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONNECT UP TO 8 BROADCAST CAMERAS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 or 8 video inputs, depending on the model, ATEM SDI lets you connect multiple cameras for different views of the performance. Video cameras with SDI outputs such as Blackmagic Studio Camera or Blackmagic URSA Broadcast G2 are much better quality as they have better low light performance and they use professional lenses. All video sources will re-sync to the switcher, even if they operate at different video standards. Everything just works so setup on location is easy and you don't have to worry about technical problems. Imagine taking advantage of the creative freedom of multi camera live production for interviews, advertorials, theater production, music performances, sports and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOUTPUTS WEBCAM FOR VIDEO SOFTWARE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo ensure maximum compatibility, all ATEM SDI models feature USB that operates as a simple webcam source. That means you can plug into a computer and get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM SDI is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software and in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams or Skype for a new way to do presentations with a professional multi camera broadcast quality style. The ATEM SDI webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLIVE STREAM VIA ETHERNET ON ATEM SDI PRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme models have a built in hardware streaming engine for live streaming via their ethernet connections. That means you can live stream to YouTube, Facebook and Twitch in better quality, without dropped frames and with simpler settings. Just select the streaming service and enter the streaming key. There are palettes in ATEM Software Control for streaming setup, plus streaming status is also displayed in the multiview. Streaming status is easy to understand as the data rate indicator shows internet speed required for the video format you're using. If you're technically minded, you can update the streaming profiles in an XML settings file to load new services.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONNECT 5G OR 4G PHONES FOR MOBILE DATA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you’re doing live production on location then the ATEM SDI Pro and Extreme models support connecting an Apple or Android phone to the USB port to use mobile data. It's also a great backup for the main Ethernet connection. Phone tethering works with the latest high speed 5G phones plus the more common 4G phones. The ATEM switcher will automatically detect when a phone is connected and switch its internet connection to use it, eliminating the need for changing settings. When connected, the phone will power from the USB port so it remains charged from the switcher. By using phone tethering for mobile data, ATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme become the perfect mobile production solutions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRECORD DIRECT TO USB FLASH DISKS WITH ATEM SDI PRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM SDI Pro and Extreme models also support direct recording of your streaming data to USB flash disks. That means you get very long recordings in the same H.264 video files with AAC audio that you streamed, so you can direct upload to any online video site, such as YouTube or Vimeo. Recording to multiple disks is also supported via a USB hub so when a disk fills, recording can continue to a second disk so you get non-stop recording. Record settings and disk selection are set up in ATEM Software Control and you can also display the recording status in the multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEDIT LIVE PRODUCTION WITH SEPARATE ISO RECORDINGS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM SDI Pro ISO and Extreme ISO models allow you to edit your live event as they can record multiple video streams, including clean feeds of all inputs and program, all at the same time. Media pool images used are also saved with the video files. The video files include metadata tags such as synced timecode and camera numbers. Imagine re-editing your show with new colour grades, effects and graphics. Even the audio sources are all recorded so you can professionally remix your audio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEDIT LIVE PRODUCTION IN DAVINCI RESOLVE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ISO models also save a DaVinci Resolve project file, so with a single click you can open your live production as a video edit. All cuts, dissolves and media pool graphics will be loaded. This means you can fine tune edit points or even completely replace shots. The DaVinci Resolve Sync Bin lets you edit shots via a multiview interface, so it's easy to use and fast. All ISO files will be automatically aligned by timecode, so you can scroll along and see all camera angles perfectly synced.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eADD EXCITING VIDEO EFFECTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the benefits of ATEM SDI is the professional production values that are possible using the range of built in video effects. The cut button ensures an instant cut when switching between sources. The auto button is a professional term that's used on large broadcast switchers to enable video effect transitions. There are duration buttons for video effects allowing 0.5, 1, 1.5 and 2 second settings. You can also select the type of effect you want including mix, which does a smooth transition between sources, and dip which fades via a colour during the transition. Or use fun DVE effects that move the image off screen when transitioning between sources.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWORK WITH PROFESSIONAL MICROPHONES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith two independent 3.5mm stereo audio inputs, you can connect desktop and lapel microphones. You can even connect a music player to generate introduction music after the live stream commences but before the program starts. With 2 extra stereo audio inputs, you can ensure a host and guest both have lapel microphones when doing interviews. All audio inputs to ATEM SDI include buttons on the panel for adjusting audio level and enabling inputs into the audio mixer. Plus all models feature a Fairlight audio mixer with all SDI inputs and both microphone inputs connected to the audio mixer allowing live mixing from all your audio sources. The ATEM SDI Extreme also adds a headphone output.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAUTOMATICALLY CONVERTS ANY SDI INPUT FORMAT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEach 3G-SDI video input features its own dedicated standards converter. That means ATEM SDI will automatically convert 1080p, 1080i and 720p sources to the switcher video standard. By default the switcher will set its video format automatically, however you can also set the switcher to any video standard manually. The SDI outputs are a true \"aux\" outputs so youcan independently customize the source video routed to each SDI output. All outputs can be connected to cameras as they include camera control and tally information. On the more powerful ATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme models, the SDI output can also be selected to display the built in multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSECRET BROADCAST FEATURES BUILT IN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhile ATEM SDI is easy to use, it also has very powerful high end broadcast features. ATEM SDI is even perfect for training new live production crews as it has the same features as the massive switchers used in large broadcast studios. You get an ATEM Advanced Chroma Key, Fairlight audio mixer, DVE, still store for graphics and much more. Simply run the free ATEM Software Control app on Mac or Windows while connected via USB or Ethernet to access the extended features of the ATEM SDI. With a little experimentation you can learn how to produce broadcast quality live production. Only ATEM SDI is a true broadcast switcher hidden in a tiny and affordable design.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINCLUDES FREE ATEM SOFTWARE CONTROL PANEL\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control app unlocks the hidden power of ATEM SDI and allows access to every feature in the switcher. ATEM Software Control features a visual switcher user interface with parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Although you can normally connect via USB, if you connect using Ethernet it's possible for multiple users to connect to ATEM SDI using separate copies of ATEM Software Control on different computers. The software lets you access full audio mixing with effects, load still frames and even do advanced macro programming. You can even save the switcher state as an XML file. If you need clip playback, you can even control HyperDeck disk recorders via Ethernet.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDVE FOR PICTURE IN PICTURE, TRANSITIONS AND EFFECTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the most exciting features on ATEM SDI is the built in DVE that allows picture in picture effects and DVE transitions. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. The image quality is the same as high end ATEM switcher models and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE can also be used to create amazing transitions with 16 different DVE squeeze and DVE push effects for adding excitement to your programming. The DVE features a \"fly key\" so you can use it with custom graphics to create graphic wipe transitions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePROFESSIONAL BROADCAST TRANSITIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI includes a wide range of broadcast quality HD native transitions such as mix, dip, wipe and more. All transitions can be customized by adjusting parameters such as duration, border colour, border width, position and direction. You can also use the DVE in transitions, allowing a graphic to be moved over the wipe edge which is called a graphic wipe, and is commonly used in sports programming. To eliminate errors, ATEM SDI has a preview transition feature so you can check your transitions before putting them to air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBUILT-IN GRAPHICS WITH PHOTOSHOP PLUG‑IN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in \"media pool\" allows the loading of up to 20 separate broadcast quality RGBA graphics for titles, opening plates and logos. The media player is used to output the selected image so it appears as an extra internal video source for use in graphics and titles. You can even use still frames for complex effects such as graphic wipes. ATEM SDI can also grab stills from video and save them to the internal media pool. Graphics can be loaded via ATEM Software Control or downloaded directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug-in. The Photoshop Plug-in is perfect for graphics that change often, such as scoreboards, as you can download directly into the media player.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINCLUDES NEW ATEM ADVANCED CHROMA KEY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or on-set presentation work, ATEM SDI is perfect as it features the powerful ATEM Advanced Chroma Key for green screen keying effects. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a colour picker to sample background colours for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground colour corrector so you can match the foreground and background layers for seamless compositions. You can even use it for title overlays by creating graphics with a green or blue background. Plus the ATEM SDI Extreme includes a massive 4 separate ATEM Advanced Chroma Keyers, for a keyer per camera, allowing virtual set production.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCREATE AMAZING VIRTUAL SETS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM SDI Extreme models include 4 upstream chroma keyers and this allows you to build exciting virtual sets. With 4 independent chroma keyers, you get a keyer per camera so you can build a virtual set for up to 4 cameras. With ATEM SDI Extreme you have 8 inputs, 4 to use for cameras and the other 4 can be connected to a virtual set computer for the rendered backgrounds. Or if you don't need to move your cameras, you can do fixed camera virtual sets by loading pre rendered still image backgrounds from the media players and media pool. You can setup macros to change cameras and load the correct background into the media players.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePOWERFUL SUPERSOURCE PROCESSING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to 2 independent DVEs in the ATEM SDI Extreme models, there's also a powerful SuperSource multi layer processor with 4 extra DVE layers plus a background layer, that all appear to ATEM SDI Extreme as an additional input source. Any ATEM SDI Extreme video input can be used for each SuperSource DVE, then it’s all layered together over a media pool custom background. SuperSource is perfect for doing multiple picture in picture displays with people being interviewed because you can set up the effect before putting it to air, still keeping both main DVEs free for other tasks. SuperSource is just like having an extra multi-layer VFX switcher built in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTRUE BROADCAST STYLE MIX EFFECTS SWITCHING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAlthough ATEM SDI works in \"cut bus\" mode when first purchased, it can also be changed to \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the way broadcasters normally use live production switchers. Cut bus switching is easy and selecting any input will instantly switch to that source. However if you want to operate ATEM SDI like a true professional then you can change the switcher to program\/preview using ATEM Software Control settings. Mix effects operation allows a source to be selected but it won't be put on air until you press the cut or auto buttons. That 2 step program\/preview process means fewer mistakes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMONITOR SOURCES AND STATUS WITH ATEM SDI PRO MULTIVIEW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen doing larger live productions with multiple cameras, it’s very useful to see all your video sources at the same time on a single monitor. The ATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme models include a professional multiview that lets you see all video inputs, preview and program on a single SDI monitor. Simply select M\/V button on the front panel to select the multiview. Each camera view includes tally indicators so you know when each source is on-air, and each view also has custom labels and audio meters. Plus the ATEM SDI Extreme models allow you to select up to 16 custom views. Multiview even includes status for recording, streaming and the audio mixer.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBUILT IN AUDIO MIXER WITH 6 BAND EQ, COMPRESSOR AND LIMITER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, ATEM SDI makes it possible to do complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer features enough channels for each SDI input so you can mix audio from all sources. That’s audio from all SDI sources, plus the 2 stereo mic inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. You can even set up the software to auto mix between inputs as you switch \"AFV\" or to live mix multiple sources together all at once. All this audio power can be controlled via ATEM Software Control, or you can add a Mackie compatible panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCREATE BROADCAST LINKS WITH ATEM STREAMING BRIDGE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Streaming Bridge is a video converter that lets you receive a H.264 stream from any ATEM SDI Pro or ATEM SDI Extreme and convert it back to video. This means you can send video to remote locations around your local Ethernet network, or via the internet globally. That's possible because it uses an advanced H.264 codec for high quality at very low data rates. This means you can create broadcast quality links back to your studio using the internet, so it's much lower cost. To make setup is easy, the ATEM software utility can create a setup files that you can email to the remote studio. ATEM Streaming Bridge is the perfect way to use ATEM SDI as a remote broadcast studio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDEVELOP CUSTOM REMOTE CONTROL SOLUTIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Ethernet connection also allows customized control solutions. Even though ATEM SDI includes ATEM Software Control, you can use the Ethernet to control the ATEM remotely, anywhere in the world. A popular workflow is to use the Ethernet to allow the ATEM SDI to be positioned near the cameras, but the control is positioned remotely in a quieter space, such as a control room. Imagine using the switcher from a control room and building a professional broadcasting studio where the control room can be separated away from the performance or interviews. Ethernet allows you to add as many panels as you like all at the same time, or you can build custom solutions using the developer SDK.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONNECT A HDMI COMPUTER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you need to connect computer graphics to ATEM SDI, then you can use a Micro Converter HDMI to SDI. Because the connection is direct, the quality is amazing. If you create graphics with a green background, then the ATEM Advanced Keyer will allow compositing titles over a live background. Computers also make fantastic media players.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONNECT A HDMI CAMERA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eConnect a Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K or 6K by using a Micro Converter BiDirect SDI\/HDMI. It will convert the camera HDMI to the switcher SDI input. It can also take an SDI output of the switcher and embed the camera control into the HDMI data link back to the camera. This gives you tally and colour corrector control direct from the switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSWITCH FASTER WITH AN ATEM 1 M\/E ADVANCED PANEL\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith Ethernet built in, ATEM SDI can use hardware control panels for high end workflows that take advantage of the hidden broadcast features in the switcher. The ATEM 1 M\/E Advanced Panel features the fast program\/preview style with separate source buttons for both program and preview rows. Get direct access to all transitions automatically or manually using the t-bar. For accurate control of the DVE, the joystick provides X, Y positioning with rotation setting the DVE size. You also get LCD menus to control features that don't have dedicated knobs and buttons. You can even program and trigger macros. Plus you can still use the hardware panel if you upgrade to a bigger ATEM switcher later.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGET INDUSTRY STANDARD PROFESSIONAL CAMERA CONTROL\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen working on live production, its critical all cameras are perfectly matched with good colour balance for a consistent look when transitioning between the each camera. The ATEM Camera Control Panel works with ATEM SDI and is the perfect solution for camera control. All control commands are sent to the cameras using the SDI camera control protocol which is supported by cameras such as Blackmagic URSA Broadcast and Blackmagic Studio Cameras. You get dedicated controls including CCU style joystick and controls for RGB camera colour, master gain, black, iris and more. Plus all controls are arranged in a familiar broadcast layout perfect for both experienced and new operators.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCOMPATIBLE WITH BLACKMAGIC CAMERAS, PANELS, DECKS AND MORE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI is even more powerful it can be expanded to grow with you. Add an ATEM Advanced Panel to get professional industry standard switcher control. Then add an ATEM Camera Control Panel for fast control and colour balancing of up to four cameras. For cameras, Blackmagic Studio Cameras make great studio cameras as they have tally and control all built into the compact and very portable design. For mastering, Blackmagic HyperDeck Studio recorders are perfect because they include popular file formats such as ProRes, H.264 and DNx. You can even live stream using an UltraStudio or Blackmagic Web Presenter. Then add a Micro Converter SDI to HDMI 3G converter for HDMI monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic URSA Broadcast G2 \u003c\/strong\u003e- Designed for broadcast and live production, you get a 6K sensor with +36dB of gain, wide dynamic range and B4 lens mount. Includes Blackmagic RAW, ProRes, H.264 and H.265 record file formats.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Viewfinder G2 \u003c\/strong\u003e- Turn URSA Mini into the ultimate live camera with a professional 7 inch studio viewfinder!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Camera Fiber Converter \u003c\/strong\u003e- Connect cameras to live switchers up to 2 km away with video, control and power, all over a single cable!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Fiber Converter \u003c\/strong\u003e- Connect to remote cameras up to 2 km away with multiple channels of video, control and power all over a single cable!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Camera 4K Pro \u003c\/strong\u003e- Designed for professional SDI switchers, you get all the features of the Plus model, as well as 12G-SDI, professional XLR audio, brighter HDR LCD and 10G Ethernet IP link.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyperDeck Studio HD Mini \u003c\/strong\u003e- Miniaturized deck records H.264, ProRes or DNxHD files onto SD\/UHS-II cards or external USB disks in SD\/HD formats to 1080p60. Includes timecode and reference generators, 3G-SDI in\/out and HDMI out.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyperDeck Studio HD Pro \u003c\/strong\u003e- Includes all the features of the Plus model, and adds 2 SSD slots as well as the 2 SD card slots. Also includes machined metal search dial with clutch, SDI monitor out and XLR timecode connections.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eATEM Camera Control Panel \u003c\/strong\u003e- Control up to 4 cameras at one time including iris, shutter speed, white balance, master gain, pedestal, RGB and more!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111477476,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMMXEPBPRISO","price":546.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMMXEPBPRISO_cc24c8f4-7dab-4dbe-95a5-afec1a6d8165.jpg?v=1764755977"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-sdi-extreme-iso","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM SDI Extreme ISO","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eA NEW GENERATION OF ULTRA PORTABLE LIVE PRODUCTION\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI gives you the portable design of ATEM Mini, but its SDI connections means you can connect advanced broadcast quality cameras and recorders. This opens up a whole new world of ultra portable live production. The incredibly portable design means you can fit a whole broadcast quality live production system in a small bag or even a backpack. You can use multiple cameras on location and live stream direct to YouTube, or create a broadcast quality link back to a studio with ATEM Streaming Bridge. Unlike single camera remote shoots, ATEM SDI lets you connect multiple cameras so you can create interesting remote interviews with multiple camera angles.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSELF CONTAINED BROADCAST QUALITY SWITCHER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI’s compact all in one design includes both a control panel as well as connections. The front panel includes easy to use buttons for selecting sources, video effects and transitions. The source buttons are large so it’s possible to use it by feel, letting the presenter do the switching. You even get buttons for audio mixing. The ATEM SDI Pro and Extreme models have buttons for recording and streaming control, as well as output selection buttons that let you change the video output between program, direct camera feeds and the multiview. On the rear panel there are SDI connections for cameras, extra microphone inputs, USB for webcam plus multiple SDI \"aux\" outputs for program video.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEASY TO USE AND FAST TO LEARN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere's never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press any of the input buttons labelled by number on the front panel to cut between video sources. You can choose between cut or effects transitions by selecting the cut or auto buttons. Unlike cut, the auto button tells ATEM SDI to use a video effect when switching inputs. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such as dip to colour, DVE squeeze and DVE push. Add a DVE effect for picture in picture effects with customized picture positions and background. There are even \"media players\" which are a still store for titles and graphics that you can load via external software control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONNECT UP TO 8 BROADCAST CAMERAS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 or 8 video inputs, depending on the model, ATEM SDI lets you connect multiple cameras for different views of the performance. Video cameras with SDI outputs such as Blackmagic Studio Camera or Blackmagic URSA Broadcast G2 are much better quality as they have better low light performance and they use professional lenses. All video sources will re-sync to the switcher, even if they operate at different video standards. Everything just works so setup on location is easy and you don't have to worry about technical problems. Imagine taking advantage of the creative freedom of multi camera live production for interviews, advertorials, theater production, music performances, sports and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOUTPUTS WEBCAM FOR VIDEO SOFTWARE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo ensure maximum compatibility, all ATEM SDI models feature USB that operates as a simple webcam source. That means you can plug into a computer and get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM SDI is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software and in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams or Skype for a new way to do presentations with a professional multi camera broadcast quality style. The ATEM SDI webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLIVE STREAM VIA ETHERNET ON ATEM SDI PRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme models have a built in hardware streaming engine for live streaming via their ethernet connections. That means you can live stream to YouTube, Facebook and Twitch in better quality, without dropped frames and with simpler settings. Just select the streaming service and enter the streaming key. There are palettes in ATEM Software Control for streaming setup, plus streaming status is also displayed in the multiview. Streaming status is easy to understand as the data rate indicator shows internet speed required for the video format you're using. If you're technically minded, you can update the streaming profiles in an XML settings file to load new services.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONNECT 5G OR 4G PHONES FOR MOBILE DATA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you’re doing live production on location then the ATEM SDI Pro and Extreme models support connecting an Apple or Android phone to the USB port to use mobile data. It's also a great backup for the main Ethernet connection. Phone tethering works with the latest high speed 5G phones plus the more common 4G phones. The ATEM switcher will automatically detect when a phone is connected and switch its internet connection to use it, eliminating the need for changing settings. When connected, the phone will power from the USB port so it remains charged from the switcher. By using phone tethering for mobile data, ATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme become the perfect mobile production solutions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRECORD DIRECT TO USB FLASH DISKS WITH ATEM SDI PRO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM SDI Pro and Extreme models also support direct recording of your streaming data to USB flash disks. That means you get very long recordings in the same H.264 video files with AAC audio that you streamed, so you can direct upload to any online video site, such as YouTube or Vimeo. Recording to multiple disks is also supported via a USB hub so when a disk fills, recording can continue to a second disk so you get non-stop recording. Record settings and disk selection are set up in ATEM Software Control and you can also display the recording status in the multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEDIT LIVE PRODUCTION WITH SEPARATE ISO RECORDINGS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM SDI Pro ISO and Extreme ISO models allow you to edit your live event as they can record multiple video streams, including clean feeds of all inputs and program, all at the same time. Media pool images used are also saved with the video files. The video files include metadata tags such as synced timecode and camera numbers. Imagine re-editing your show with new colour grades, effects and graphics. Even the audio sources are all recorded so you can professionally remix your audio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEDIT LIVE PRODUCTION IN DAVINCI RESOLVE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ISO models also save a DaVinci Resolve project file, so with a single click you can open your live production as a video edit. All cuts, dissolves and media pool graphics will be loaded. This means you can fine tune edit points or even completely replace shots. The DaVinci Resolve Sync Bin lets you edit shots via a multiview interface, so it's easy to use and fast. All ISO files will be automatically aligned by timecode, so you can scroll along and see all camera angles perfectly synced.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eADD EXCITING VIDEO EFFECTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the benefits of ATEM SDI is the professional production values that are possible using the range of built in video effects. The cut button ensures an instant cut when switching between sources. The auto button is a professional term that's used on large broadcast switchers to enable video effect transitions. There are duration buttons for video effects allowing 0.5, 1, 1.5 and 2 second settings. You can also select the type of effect you want including mix, which does a smooth transition between sources, and dip which fades via a colour during the transition. Or use fun DVE effects that move the image off screen when transitioning between sources.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWORK WITH PROFESSIONAL MICROPHONES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith two independent 3.5mm stereo audio inputs, you can connect desktop and lapel microphones. You can even connect a music player to generate introduction music after the live stream commences but before the program starts. With 2 extra stereo audio inputs, you can ensure a host and guest both have lapel microphones when doing interviews. All audio inputs to ATEM SDI include buttons on the panel for adjusting audio level and enabling inputs into the audio mixer. Plus all models feature a Fairlight audio mixer with all SDI inputs and both microphone inputs connected to the audio mixer allowing live mixing from all your audio sources. The ATEM SDI Extreme also adds a headphone output.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAUTOMATICALLY CONVERTS ANY SDI INPUT FORMAT\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEach 3G-SDI video input features its own dedicated standards converter. That means ATEM SDI will automatically convert 1080p, 1080i and 720p sources to the switcher video standard. By default the switcher will set its video format automatically, however you can also set the switcher to any video standard manually. The SDI outputs are a true \"aux\" outputs so you can independently customize the source video routed to each SDI output. All outputs can be connected to cameras as they include camera control and tally information. On the more powerful ATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme models, the SDI output can also be selected to display the built in multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSECRET BROADCAST FEATURES BUILT IN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhile ATEM SDI is easy to use, it also has very powerful high end broadcast features. ATEM SDI is even perfect for training new live production crews as it has the same features as the massive switchers used in large broadcast studios. You get an ATEM Advanced Chroma Key, Fairlight audio mixer, DVE, still store for graphics and much more. Simply run the free ATEM Software Control app on Mac or Windows while connected via USB or Ethernet to access the extended features of the ATEM SDI. With a little experimentation you can learn how to produce broadcast quality live production. Only ATEM SDI is a true broadcast switcher hidden in a tiny and affordable design.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINCLUDES FREE ATEM SOFTWARE CONTROL PANEL\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control app unlocks the hidden power of ATEM SDI and allows access to every feature in the switcher. ATEM Software Control features a visual switcher user interface with parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Although you can normally connect via USB, if you connect using Ethernet it's possible for multiple users to connect to ATEM SDI using separate copies of ATEM Software Control on different computers. The software lets you access full audio mixing with effects, load still frames and even do advanced macro programming. You can even save the switcher state as an XML file. If you need clip playback, you can even control HyperDeck disk recorders via Ethernet.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDVE FOR PICTURE IN PICTURE, TRANSITIONS AND EFFECTS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the most exciting features on ATEM SDI is the built in DVE that allows picture in picture effects and DVE transitions. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. The image quality is the same as high end ATEM switcher models and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE can also be used to create amazing transitions with 16 different DVE squeeze and DVE push effects for adding excitement to your programming. The DVE features a \"fly key\" so you can use it with custom graphics to create graphic wipe transitions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePROFESSIONAL BROADCAST TRANSITIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI includes a wide range of broadcast quality HD native transitions such as mix, dip, wipe and more. All transitions can be customized by adjusting parameters such as duration, border colour, border width, position and direction. You can also use the DVE in transitions, allowing a graphic to be moved over the wipe edge which is called a graphic wipe, and is commonly used in sports programming. To eliminate errors, ATEM SDI has a preview transition feature so you can check your transitions before putting them to air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBUILT-IN GRAPHICS WITH PHOTOSHOP PLUG‑IN\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in \"media pool\" allows the loading of up to 20 separate broadcast quality RGBA graphics for titles, opening plates and logos. The media player is used to output the selected image so it appears as an extra internal video source for use in graphics and titles. You can even use still frames for complex effects such as graphic wipes. ATEM SDI can also grab stills from video and save them to the internal media pool. Graphics can be loaded via ATEM Software Control or downloaded directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug-in. The Photoshop Plug-in is perfect for graphics that change often, such as scoreboards, as you can download directly into the media player.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eINCLUDES NEW ATEM ADVANCED CHROMA KEY\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or on-set presentation work, ATEM SDI is perfect as it features the powerful ATEM Advanced Chroma Key for green screen keying effects. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a colour picker to sample background colours for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground colour corrector so you can match the foreground and background layers for seamless compositions. You can even use it for title overlays by creating graphics with a green or blue background. Plus the ATEM SDI Extreme includes a massive 4 separate ATEM Advanced Chroma Keyers, for a keyer per camera, allowing virtual set production.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCREATE AMAZING VIRTUAL SETS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM SDI Extreme models include 4 upstream chroma keyers and this allows you to build exciting virtual sets. With 4 independent chroma keyers, you get a keyer per camera so you can build a virtual set for up to 4 cameras. With ATEM SDI Extreme you have 8 inputs, 4 to use for cameras and the other 4 can be connected to a virtual set computer for the rendered backgrounds. Or if you don't need to move your cameras, you can do fixed camera virtual sets by loading pre rendered still image backgrounds from the media players and media pool. You can setup macros to change cameras and load the correct background into the media players.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePOWERFUL SUPERSOURCE PROCESSING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to 2 independent DVEs in the ATEM SDI Extreme models, there's also a powerful SuperSource multi layer processor with 4 extra DVE layers plus a background layer, that all appear to ATEM SDI Extreme as an additional input source. Any ATEM SDI Extreme video input can be used for each SuperSource DVE, then it’s all layered together over a media pool custom background. SuperSource is perfect for doing multiple picture in picture displays with people being interviewed because you can set up the effect before putting it to air, still keeping both main DVEs free for other tasks. SuperSource is just like having an extra multi-layer VFX switcher built in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTRUE BROADCAST STYLE MIX EFFECTS SWITCHING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAlthough ATEM SDI works in \"cut bus\" mode when first purchased, it can also be changed to \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the way broadcasters normally use live production switchers. Cut bus switching is easy and selecting any input will instantly switch to that source. However if you want to operate ATEM SDI like a true professional then you can change the switcher to program\/preview using ATEM Software Control settings. Mix effects operation allows a source to be selected but it won't be put on air until you press the cut or auto buttons. That 2 step program\/preview process means fewer mistakes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMONITOR SOURCES AND STATUS WITH ATEM SDI PRO MULTIVIEW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen doing larger live productions with multiple cameras, it’s very useful to see all your video sources at the same time on a single monitor. The ATEM SDI Pro and ATEM SDI Extreme models include a professional multiview that lets you see all video inputs, preview and program on a single SDI monitor. Simply select M\/V button on the front panel to select the multiview. Each camera view includes tally indicators so you know when each source is on-air, and each view also has custom labels and audio meters. Plus the ATEM SDI Extreme models allow you to select up to 16 custom views. Multiview even includes status for recording, streaming and the audio mixer.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBUILT IN AUDIO MIXER WITH 6 BAND EQ, COMPRESSOR AND LIMITER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, ATEM SDI makes it possible to do complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer features enough channels for each SDI input so you can mix audio from all sources. That’s audio from all SDI sources, plus the 2 stereo mic inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. You can even set up the software to auto mix between inputs as you switch \"AFV\" or to live mix multiple sources together all at once. All this audio power can be controlled via ATEM Software Control, or you can add a Mackie compatible panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCREATE BROADCAST LINKS WITH ATEM STREAMING BRIDGE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Streaming Bridge is a video converter that lets you receive a H.264 stream from any ATEM SDI Pro or ATEM SDI Extreme and convert it back to video. This means you can send video to remote locations around your local Ethernet network, or via the internet globally. That's possible because it uses an advanced H.264 codec for high quality at very low data rates. This means you can create broadcast quality links back to your studio using the internet, so it's much lower cost. To make setup is easy, the ATEM software utility can create a setup files that you can email to the remote studio. ATEM Streaming Bridge is the perfect way to use ATEM SDI as a remote broadcast studio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDEVELOP CUSTOM REMOTE CONTROL SOLUTIONS\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Ethernet connection also allows customized control solutions. Even though ATEM SDI includes ATEM Software Control, you can use the Ethernet to control the ATEM remotely, anywhere in the world. A popular workflow is to use the Ethernet to allow the ATEM SDI to be positioned near the cameras, but the control is positioned remotely in a quieter space, such as a control room. Imagine using the switcher from a control room and building a professional broadcasting studio where the control room can be separated away from the performance or interviews. Ethernet allows you to add as many panels as you like all at the same time, or you can build custom solutions using the developer SDK.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONNECT A HDMI COMPUTER\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you need to connect computer graphics to ATEM SDI, then you can use a Micro Converter HDMI to SDI. Because the connection is direct, the quality is amazing. If you create graphics with a green background, then the ATEM Advanced Keyer will allow compositing titles over a live background. Computers also make fantastic media players.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCONNECT A HDMI CAMERA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eConnect a Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Camera 4K or 6K by using a Micro Converter BiDirect SDI\/HDMI. It will convert the camera HDMI to the switcher SDI input. It can also take an SDI output of the switcher and embed the camera control into the HDMI data link back to the camera. This gives you tally and colour corrector control direct from the switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSWITCH FASTER WITH AN ATEM 1 M\/E ADVANCED PANEL\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith Ethernet built in, ATEM SDI can use hardware control panels for high end workflows that take advantage of the hidden broadcast features in the switcher. The ATEM 1 M\/E Advanced Panel features the fast program\/preview style with separate source buttons for both program and preview rows. Get direct access to all transitions automatically or manually using the t-bar. For accurate control of the DVE, the joystick provides X, Y positioning with rotation setting the DVE size. You also get LCD menus to control features that don't have dedicated knobs and buttons. You can even program and trigger macros. Plus you can still use the hardware panel if you upgrade to a bigger ATEM switcher later.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGET INDUSTRY STANDARD PROFESSIONAL CAMERA CONTROL\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen working on live production, its critical all cameras are perfectly matched with good colour balance for a consistent look when transitioning between the each camera. The ATEM Camera Control Panel works with ATEM SDI and is the perfect solution for camera control. All control commands are sent to the cameras using the SDI camera control protocol which is supported by cameras such as Blackmagic URSA Broadcast and Blackmagic Studio Cameras. You get dedicated controls including CCU style joystick and controls for RGB camera colour, master gain, black, iris and more. Plus all controls are arranged in a familiar broadcast layout perfect for both experienced and new operators.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCOMPATIBLE WITH BLACKMAGIC CAMERAS, PANELS, DECKS AND MORE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM SDI is even more powerful it can be expanded to grow with you. Add an ATEM Advanced Panel to get professional industry standard switcher control. Then add an ATEM Camera Control Panel for fast control and colour balancing of up to four cameras. For cameras, Blackmagic Studio Cameras make great studio cameras as they have tally and control all built into the compact and very portable design. For mastering, Blackmagic HyperDeck Studio recorders are perfect because they include popular file formats such as ProRes, H.264 and DNx. You can even live stream using an UltraStudio or Blackmagic Web Presenter. Then add a Micro Converter SDI to HDMI 3G converter for HDMI monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic URSA Broadcast G2 \u003c\/strong\u003e- Designed for broadcast and live production, you get a 6K sensor with +36dB of gain, wide dynamic range and B4 lens mount. Includes Blackmagic RAW, ProRes, H.264 and H.265 record file formats.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Viewfinder G2 \u003c\/strong\u003e- Turn URSA Mini into the ultimate live camera with a professional 7 inch studio viewfinder!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Camera Fiber Converter \u003c\/strong\u003e- Connect cameras to live switchers up to 2 km away with video, control and power, all over a single cable!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Fiber Converter \u003c\/strong\u003e- Connect to remote cameras up to 2 km away with multiple channels of video, control and power all over a single cable!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlackmagic Studio Camera 4K Pro \u003c\/strong\u003e- Designed for professional SDI switchers, you get all the features of the Plus model, as well as 12G-SDI, professional XLR audio, brighter HDR LCD and 10G Ethernet IP link.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyperDeck Studio HD Mini \u003c\/strong\u003e- Miniaturized deck records H.264, ProRes or DNxHD files onto SD\/UHS-II cards or external USB disks in SD\/HD formats to 1080p60. Includes timecode and reference generators, 3G-SDI in\/out and HDMI out.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHyperDeck Studio HD Pro \u003c\/strong\u003e- Includes all the features of the Plus model, and adds 2 SSD slots as well as the 2 SD card slots. Also includes machined metal search dial with clutch, SDI monitor out and XLR timecode connections.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eATEM Camera Control Panel \u003c\/strong\u003e- Control up to 4 cameras at one time including iris, shutter speed, white balance, master gain, pedestal, RGB and more!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111543012,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMMXEPCEXTISO","price":1095.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMMXEPCEXTISO_323bd301-9c6c-48d4-ab6f-00153436d037.jpg?v=1764755978"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-1-me-constellation-hd","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 1 M\/E Constellation HD","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eIntroducing ATEM Constellation, the world’s most powerful HD and 4K live production switchers! These incredibly powerful switchers are available in 4 great models, including a 1 M\/E model with 10 inputs, a 2 M\/E model with 20 inputs and two massive 4 M\/E models with 40 inputs! Plus each SDI input features a full standards converter! ATEM Constellation includes advanced features such as DVEs, ATEM advanced chroma keyers, media players, multiviews, and SuperSource processors! Plus the built in Fairlight audio mixer includes a compressor, limiter, 6 band parametric EQ and expander on each input. The free ATEM Software Control is included, or you can add a 1 M\/E, 2 M\/E or 4 M\/E ATEM Advanced Panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeriously Advanced Broadcast Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation switchers feature a compact rack mount design with a built in control panel. This allows operation of the switcher, critical during setup or for emergency use. Also included is a large LCD so you can see program output and change switcher settings via on screen menus. The compact design is perfect for portable live production, with the rear of the switcher including connections for 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI inputs, aux outputs, balanced audio and Ethernet for control. The top 4 M\/E models even include RS-422 for serial control and MADI digital audio connections. Even with all this power, ATEM Constellation is extremely quiet with its innovative high efficiency thermal system.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Massive Live Events\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 powerful models, ATEM Constellation switchers are ideal for concerts and music festivals because you can place cameras on all areas of the stage for amazing coverage. Even live sports benefit from the huge number of inputs and DVEs let you build multi-layer compositions to cover the action. The fastest way to produce programming is live. With powerful internal graphics and lots of ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you get everything you need for complex program production. ATEM Constellation is also perfect for house of worship programming as it’s big enough to allow professional results, but it’s very simple to learn so it’s easy to train a volunteer crew.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Broadcast Style Mix Effects Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation uses a professional \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the exact same way large broadcasters use live production switchers. This means you are using the same type of switcher used by the television industry. Both the free ATEM Software Control and the optional hardware ATEM Advanced Panels will allow program\/preview style switching. This means you can select a source on the preview bus to ensure it’s correct before pushing the CUT or AUTO button to switch it on air. This 2 step program\/preview process means far fewer mistakes. Program\/preview operation means ATEM Constellation is the best solution for training students for a career in broadcast television.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Front Panel Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a control panel built into the front panel, you can simply walk up and operate the ATEM Constellation at any time. ATEM Constellation has similar features to ATEM Mini, so it’s a fantastic upgrade when you need a bigger switcher. Plus the front panel control buttons are the same premium type used on full sized panels so they are extremely reliable. You can even control keyers, media and fade to black from the front panel. There is an industry standard 5 pin talkback headset connector on the front panel, with controls for talkback control. Plus the front panel LCD and menu buttons also allow almost every single operational feature of the switcher to be accessed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 40 Standards Converted SDI Inputs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family features HD models that have up to 40 independent 3G-SDI inputs as well as a 4K model with 12G-SDI inputs, with each input featuring its own dedicated up and cross converter. That means it’s possible to convert any 1080p input source to the video standard of the switcher. That means you could have each switcher SDI input running a different television standard and all the inputs will just work. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models, you can even loop out audio channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 from SDI inputs 1 to 30 to the two MADI digital audio outputs, so you can hand off the switcher input audio to an external audio engineer for mixing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 24 Customizable SDI Outputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family has a massive number of fully independent outputs. Even the small 1 M\/E model has 6 x 3G-SDI outputs. The 2 M\/E model has 12 x 3G-SDI outputs and the 4 M\/E models have either a massive 24 x 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI outputs. These SDI outputs are very powerful because you can independently route any SDI input or any internal source to each SDI output. That’s perfect for running independent feeds to stage screens, master recorders and streaming processors. Or use the SDI outputs for ISO recorders, where each deck will get a resynchronized switcher input with matching timecode. All SDI outputs contain program audio, RP-188 timecode, SDI camera control, tally and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB Webcam Output for Video Software\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor live streaming, the USB-C connection on ATEM Constellation operates as a webcam source. That means you can plug into a computer and get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM Constellation is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams or Skype for a new way to do presentations with a professional multi camera broadcast quality style. The ATEM Constellation webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose from Hardware or Software Control Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAll ATEM switchers feature a wide range of hardware and software control options, plus it’s possible to share control panels between all ATEM models for different events. Included with ATEM Constellation is a free software based control panel for Mac and Windows. The software connects to the switcher via Ethernet or USB and you can control the switcher, upload media, mix audio and control cameras. Then, when you need more power, you can add an ATEM Advanced Panel for professional switching or an ATEM Camera Control Panel for controlling cameras. There's even an ATEM developer SDK so you can build your own custom automation control solution.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Multiview with Labels, Tally and Meters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in multiview lets you monitor multiple sources on a single monitor. The 1 M\/E model includes 1 multiview, the 2 M\/E model has 2 independent multiviews and the 4 M\/E models have 4 independent multiviews. All external SDI inputs, plus all internal video sources can be routed to any view. All multiviews are fully customizable and can be independently set to 4, 7, 10, 13 or 16 simultaneous views. That’s up to 32 views in total on the 2 M\/E model and a massive 64 views across 4 monitors with the 4 M\/E models. You can add the tally border plus source label and VU meters as an overlay on each view. Plus a red and green border will show tally on each view, so you know what sources are on air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroadcast Transitions, DVE, Stingers and More.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation includes a wide range of broadcast quality native transitions such as mix, dip, wipe, and more. All transitions can be customized in the system control menus with adjustments for border color, border width, position, direction and a lot more. The ATEM Constellation switcher includes a powerful digital video effects processor for DVE transitions, which can be used to squeeze the current picture off screen revealing a new video under it. The DVE can even be used to create graphic wipe transitions. To eliminate errors, ATEM Constellation features a preview transition feature so you can setup your transitions before you switch it on air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt in DVE for Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation features up to 4 independent DVEs, depending on the model, that let you reposition graphics and create picture in picture compositions. You get amazing quality and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. DVEs can also be used to create amazing DVE transitions with squeeze and swoosh effects for adding excitement to your programming. You can even combine DVE transitions with custom graphics to create your own graphic wipe transitions. Then the 2 and 4 M\/E models include SuperSource processors for even more DVEs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Broadcast Talkback\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo keep crews working as a single creative team, ATEM Constellation features built in talkback. Talkback supports a 5 pin XLR headset connector, plus a rear mounted RJ12 connector for interfacing with industry standard talkback systems such as ClearCom or RTS. You get full talkback control including program and engineering loops, sidetone control for hearing the headset mic into the headphones and program mix. ATEM Constellation also supports SDI talkback that uses SDI channels 15 and 16 for 2-way communication with Blackmagic Design cameras. You can even use channels 13 and 14 for engineering talkback. It’s even possible to mix the talkback mic into the program audio for voiceovers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Media for Stills and Motion Graphics\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in media pool stores broadcast quality RGBA graphics and animations that can be played back instantly by the 2 or 4 media players. Media players simply appear as additional input sources on the ATEM Constellation, so you don’t have to use extra SDI inputs for graphics. The built in media pool holds graphics for use with the media players and the 1 M\/E model can hold 20 stills and 200 frame animations, the 2 M\/E model can hold 40 stills and 400 frame animations and the 4 M\/E models can hold 60 stills and up to 400 frame animations. You can easily manage all of your media using the included ATEM Software Control or download directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug-in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes New ATEM Advanced Chroma Keys\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or virtual set work, ATEM Constellation is perfect as it features lots of ATEM advanced keyers for high quality chroma or luminance keying. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a color picker to sample background colors for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground color corrector so you can match the \"look\" of the foreground layer to the background layer making seamless compositions possible. The keyer can also be used for pattern and DVE keying. You get 4 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 1 M\/E model, 8 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 2 M\/E model and 16 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 4 M\/E models.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Amazing Virtual Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 upstream chroma keyers per M\/E row, you get the perfect solution for building virtual sets. With so many ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you can use a keyer per camera to create a seamless composition of the camera over the custom background. Even the 1 M\/E model has enough keyers to generate a 4 camera virtual set. You can use external image processors for virtual sets, or you can even build a fixed camera virtual set by loading pre rendered still image backgrounds from the media players and media pool. You can setup macros to change cameras and load the correct background into the media players. With so much flexibility, you can experiment to try out different studio setups.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful SuperSource Processing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to the DVEs in the M\/E rows, the 2 M\/E and 4 M\/E models include powerful SuperSource multi layer processors with 4 extra DVE layers plus a background layer, that all appear to ATEM Constellation as an additional input source. Any switcher video input can be used for each SuperSource DVE, then it’s all layered together over a media pool custom background. SuperSource is just like having an extra multi-layer VFX switcher built in. SuperSource is perfect for doing picture in picture displays for interviews because you can set up the effect while keeping the main DVEs free for other tasks. The ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models even have 2 completely independent SuperSource processors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti Rate SDI for HD and Ultra HD Video Standards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith up to 40 multi rate SDI input connections, depending on the model, the ATEM Constellation is compatible with all types of video sources. You can connect equipment in HD or Ultra HD television standards including 720p, 1080i,1080p and 2160p formats. Only multi rate SDI allows switching between formats so you can instantly adapt to the needs of the job you are doing anywhere in the world. The SDI inputs will also handle embedded audio and mix audio from all video inputs. The program outputs include talkback, tally and camera control information. So you can connect any of the switcher SDI outputs back to the camera for program return, camera control, and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe First Switcher with Truly Professional Audio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation is the world’s first live production switcher that fully embraces live professional audio production. All SDI inputs are connected to a built in Fairlight audio mixer that features 6 band parametric EQ, compressor, limiter, noise gate and expander on each input. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models there are 2 MADI outputs for breaking out channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the first 30 SDI inputs out to an external audio engineer, plus a MADI input for allowing an extra 32 external audio channels in to the audio mixer. The Fairlight audio mixer even has additional inputs for mixing audio from analog inputs, talkback microphones for voice over and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Fairlight Audio Mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, the ATEM Constellation makes it possible to do extremely complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer has up to 156 input channels, for the biggest audio mixer in a live production switcher. Audio is de-embedded from all the SDI video inputs and passed to the audio mixer. Then the 4 M\/E models have extra audio mixer input channels for the MADI audio inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. All this audio power can be controlled via the ATEM Software Control or a Mackie compatible panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Free Software Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control Panel gives you total control over your switcher and is included free. The ATEM Software Control Panel features a beautifully designed interface with a visual switcher and parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Multiple users can connect to the switcher via Ethernet and all work on different parts of the event at the same time. The ATEM Software Control also lets you access camera control, audio mixing, media, macro programming and even control of HyperDeck disk recorders. You can even save the full state of the switcher as XML files, plus all media is backed up from the media pool. Plus you can run the software on Mac or Windows.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd the Speed and Power of an ATEM Hardware Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOnly ATEM Constellation has such as wide range of control panel options with 3 models of ATEM Advanced Panels available. ATEM Advanced Panels feature an industry standard, familiar M\/E style layout. Each panel has built-in LCDs for menus, high quality buttons with customizable illumination color, a DVE joystick plus T-bar fader. You can even setup and trigger Macros. All rows of M\/E buttons include integrated LCDs for dynamic input button labeling. The 1 M\/E model features a single M\/E row with 10 input buttons. The 2 M\/E models features 2 M\/E rows with 20, 30 or 40 input buttons depending on the model. The massive 4 M\/E model features 4 M\/E rows with 40 input buttons per row and 4 independent system control LCD screens.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGet Industry Standard Professional Camera Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe new ATEM Camera Control Panel provides 4 industry standard camera controllers for the same workflow as camera chains costing hundreds of thousands of dollars. Designed to be portable, ATEM Camera Control Panel can be placed on a desktop or on a slide out rack shelf. All control commands are sent to the cameras using the SDI camera control protocol which is supported by cameras such as Blackmagic URSA Broadcast and Blackmagic Studio Cameras. You get dedicated controls including CCU style joystick and controls for RGB camera color, master gain, black, iris and more. Plus all controls are arranged in a familiar broadcast layout perfect for both experienced or new operators.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Blackmagic Cameras, Panels, Decks and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM switchers are powerful because they can grow and expand with you. Add an ATEM Advanced Panel to get professional industry standard switcher control. Then add an ATEM Camera Control Panel for fast control and color balancing of up to four cameras. For cameras, Blackmagic Studio Cameras make great studio cameras as they have tally, talkback and control all built into the compact and very portable design. For mastering, Blackmagic HyperDeck Studio recorders are perfect because they include popular file formats such as ProRes, H.264 and DNx. You can even live stream using an UltraStudio or Blackmagic Web Presenter. Then add a Micro Converter SDI to HDMI 3G converter for HDMI monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll Features Included. No Hidden Costs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlike other switchers, all features are included in the purchase price. That means you get all features fully enabled and always ready for use. There are no license fees to allow you to use features and no ongoing monthly costs. This means you'll never experience a license expiring 5 minutes before your program starts. Advanced features such as multiview, SuperSource, DVEs or the ATEM Advanced Keyers are always enabled and always ready to use. Plus, you can use the free ATEM Software Control on an unlimited number of computers. That’s important when you divide up the workload with separate people for audio mix, graphics prep, camera control and switcher operation.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111575780,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMSCN2\/1ME1\/HD","price":696.17,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMSCN2_1ME1_HD_765dbd6d-e2ab-44e1-bc7d-7e0a0bed2734.jpg?v=1764755982"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-2-me-constellation-hd","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 2 M\/E Constellation HD","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eIntroducing ATEM Constellation, the world’s most powerful HD and 4K live production switchers! These incredibly powerful switchers are available in 4 great models, including a 1 M\/E model with 10 inputs, a 2 M\/E model with 20 inputs and two massive 4 M\/E models with 40 inputs! Plus each SDI input features a full standards converter! ATEM Constellation includes advanced features such as DVEs, ATEM advanced chroma keyers, media players, multiviews, and SuperSource processors! Plus the built in Fairlight audio mixer includes a compressor, limiter, 6 band parametric EQ and expander on each input. The free ATEM Software Control is included, or you can add a 1 M\/E, 2 M\/E or 4 M\/E ATEM Advanced Panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeriously Advanced Broadcast Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation switchers feature a compact rack mount design with a built in control panel. This allows operation of the switcher, critical during setup or for emergency use. Also included is a large LCD so you can see program output and change switcher settings via on screen menus. The compact design is perfect for portable live production, with the rear of the switcher including connections for 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI inputs, aux outputs, balanced audio and Ethernet for control. The top 4 M\/E models even include RS-422 for serial control and MADI digital audio connections. Even with all this power, ATEM Constellation is extremely quiet with its innovative high efficiency thermal system.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Massive Live Events\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 powerful models, ATEM Constellation switchers are ideal for concerts and music festivals because you can place cameras on all areas of the stage for amazing coverage. Even live sports benefit from the huge number of inputs and DVEs let you build multi-layer compositions to cover the action. The fastest way to produce programming is live. With powerful internal graphics and lots of ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you get everything you need for complex program production. ATEM Constellation is also perfect for house of worship programming as it’s big enough to allow professional results, but it’s very simple to learn so it’s easy to train a volunteer crew.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Broadcast Style Mix Effects Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation uses a professional \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the exact same way large broadcasters use live production switchers. This means you are using the same type of switcher used by the television industry. Both the free ATEM Software Control and the optional hardware ATEM Advanced Panels will allow program\/preview style switching. This means you can select a source on the preview bus to ensure it’s correct before pushing the CUT or AUTO button to switch it on air. This 2 step program\/preview process means far fewer mistakes. Program\/preview operation means ATEM Constellation is the best solution for training students for a career in broadcast television.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Front Panel Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a control panel built into the front panel, you can simply walk up and operate the ATEM Constellation at any time. ATEM Constellation has similar features to ATEM Mini, so it’s a fantastic upgrade when you need a bigger switcher. Plus the front panel control buttons are the same premium type used on full sized panels so they are extremely reliable. You can even control keyers, media and fade to black from the front panel. There is an industry standard 5 pin talkback headset connector on the front panel, with controls for talkback control. Plus the front panel LCD and menu buttons also allow almost every single operational feature of the switcher to be accessed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 40 Standards Converted SDI Inputs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family features HD models that have up to 40 independent 3G-SDI inputs as well as a 4K model with 12G-SDI inputs, with each input featuring its own dedicated up and cross converter. That means it’s possible to convert any 1080p input source to the video standard of the switcher. That means you could have each switcher SDI input running a different television standard and all the inputs will just work. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models, you can even loop out audio channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 from SDI inputs 1 to 30 to the two MADI digital audio outputs, so you can hand off the switcher input audio to an external audio engineer for mixing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 24 Customizable SDI Outputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family has a massive number of fully independent outputs. Even the small 1 M\/E model has 6 x 3G-SDI outputs. The 2 M\/E model has 12 x 3G-SDI outputs and the 4 M\/E models have either a massive 24 x 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI outputs. These SDI outputs are very powerful because you can independently route any SDI input or any internal source to each SDI output. That’s perfect for running independent feeds to stage screens, master recorders and streaming processors. Or use the SDI outputs for ISO recorders, where each deck will get a resynchronized switcher input with matching timecode. All SDI outputs contain program audio, RP-188 timecode, SDI camera control, tally and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB Webcam Output for Video Software\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor live streaming, the USB-C connection on ATEM Constellation operates as a webcam source. That means you can plug into a computer and get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM Constellation is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams or Skype for a new way to do presentations with a professional multi camera broadcast quality style. The ATEM Constellation webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose from Hardware or Software Control Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAll ATEM switchers feature a wide range of hardware and software control options, plus it’s possible to share control panels between all ATEM models for different events. Included with ATEM Constellation is a free software based control panel for Mac and Windows. The software connects to the switcher via Ethernet or USB and you can control the switcher, upload media, mix audio and control cameras. Then, when you need more power, you can add an ATEM Advanced Panel for professional switching or an ATEM Camera Control Panel for controlling cameras. There's even an ATEM developer SDK so you can build your own custom automation control solution.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Multiview with Labels, Tally and Meters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in multiview lets you monitor multiple sources on a single monitor. The 1 M\/E model includes 1 multiview, the 2 M\/E model has 2 independent multiviews and the 4 M\/E models have 4 independent multiviews. All external SDI inputs, plus all internal video sources can be routed to any view. All multiviews are fully customizable and can be independently set to 4, 7, 10, 13 or 16 simultaneous views. That’s up to 32 views in total on the 2 M\/E model and a massive 64 views across 4 monitors with the 4 M\/E models. You can add the tally border plus source label and VU meters as an overlay on each view. Plus a red and green border will show tally on each view, so you know what sources are on air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroadcast Transitions, DVE, Stingers and More.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation includes a wide range of broadcast quality native transitions such as mix, dip, wipe, and more. All transitions can be customized in the system control menus with adjustments for border color, border width, position, direction and a lot more. The ATEM Constellation switcher includes a powerful digital video effects processor for DVE transitions, which can be used to squeeze the current picture off screen revealing a new video under it. The DVE can even be used to create graphic wipe transitions. To eliminate errors, ATEM Constellation features a preview transition feature so you can setup your transitions before you switch it on air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt in DVE for Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation features up to 4 independent DVEs, depending on the model, that let you reposition graphics and create picture in picture compositions. You get amazing quality and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. DVEs can also be used to create amazing DVE transitions with squeeze and swoosh effects for adding excitement to your programming. You can even combine DVE transitions with custom graphics to create your own graphic wipe transitions. Then the 2 and 4 M\/E models include SuperSource processors for even more DVEs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Broadcast Talkback\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo keep crews working as a single creative team, ATEM Constellation features built in talkback. Talkback supports a 5 pin XLR headset connector, plus a rear mounted RJ12 connector for interfacing with industry standard talkback systems such as ClearCom or RTS. You get full talkback control including program and engineering loops, sidetone control for hearing the headset mic into the headphones and program mix. ATEM Constellation also supports SDI talkback that uses SDI channels 15 and 16 for 2-way communication with Blackmagic Design cameras. You can even use channels 13 and 14 for engineering talkback. It’s even possible to mix the talkback mic into the program audio for voiceovers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Media for Stills and Motion Graphics\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in media pool stores broadcast quality RGBA graphics and animations that can be played back instantly by the 2 or 4 media players. Media players simply appear as additional input sources on the ATEM Constellation, so you don’t have to use extra SDI inputs for graphics. The built in media pool holds graphics for use with the media players and the 1 M\/E model can hold 20 stills and 200 frame animations, the 2 M\/E model can hold 40 stills and 400 frame animations and the 4 M\/E models can hold 60 stills and up to 400 frame animations. You can easily manage all of your media using the included ATEM Software Control or download directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug-in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes New ATEM Advanced Chroma Keys\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or virtual set work, ATEM Constellation is perfect as it features lots of ATEM advanced keyers for high quality chroma or luminance keying. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a color picker to sample background colors for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground color corrector so you can match the \"look\" of the foreground layer to the background layer making seamless compositions possible. The keyer can also be used for pattern and DVE keying. You get 4 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 1 M\/E model, 8 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 2 M\/E model and 16 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 4 M\/E models.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Amazing Virtual Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 upstream chroma keyers per M\/E row, you get the perfect solution for building virtual sets. With so many ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you can use a keyer per camera to create a seamless composition of the camera over the custom background. Even the 1 M\/E model has enough keyers to generate a 4 camera virtual set. You can use external image processors for virtual sets, or you can even build a fixed camera virtual set by loading pre rendered still image backgrounds from the media players and media pool. You can setup macros to change cameras and load the correct background into the media players. With so much flexibility, you can experiment to try out different studio setups.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful SuperSource Processing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to the DVEs in the M\/E rows, the 2 M\/E and 4 M\/E models include powerful SuperSource multi layer processors with 4 extra DVE layers plus a background layer, that all appear to ATEM Constellation as an additional input source. Any switcher video input can be used for each SuperSource DVE, then it’s all layered together over a media pool custom background. SuperSource is just like having an extra multi-layer VFX switcher built in. SuperSource is perfect for doing picture in picture displays for interviews because you can set up the effect while keeping the main DVEs free for other tasks. The ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models even have 2 completely independent SuperSource processors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti Rate SDI for HD and Ultra HD Video Standards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith up to 40 multi rate SDI input connections, depending on the model, the ATEM Constellation is compatible with all types of video sources. You can connect equipment in HD or Ultra HD television standards including 720p, 1080i,1080p and 2160p formats. Only multi rate SDI allows switching between formats so you can instantly adapt to the needs of the job you are doing anywhere in the world. The SDI inputs will also handle embedded audio and mix audio from all video inputs. The program outputs include talkback, tally and camera control information. So you can connect any of the switcher SDI outputs back to the camera for program return, camera control, and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe First Switcher with Truly Professional Audio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation is the world’s first live production switcher that fully embraces live professional audio production. All SDI inputs are connected to a built in Fairlight audio mixer that features 6 band parametric EQ, compressor, limiter, noise gate and expander on each input. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models there are 2 MADI outputs for breaking out channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the first 30 SDI inputs out to an external audio engineer, plus a MADI input for allowing an extra 32 external audio channels in to the audio mixer. The Fairlight audio mixer even has additional inputs for mixing audio from analog inputs, talkback microphones for voice over and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Fairlight Audio Mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, the ATEM Constellation makes it possible to do extremely complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer has up to 156 input channels, for the biggest audio mixer in a live production switcher. Audio is de-embedded from all the SDI video inputs and passed to the audio mixer. Then the 4 M\/E models have extra audio mixer input channels for the MADI audio inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. All this audio power can be controlled via the ATEM Software Control or a Mackie compatible panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Free Software Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control Panel gives you total control over your switcher and is included free. The ATEM Software Control Panel features a beautifully designed interface with a visual switcher and parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Multiple users can connect to the switcher via Ethernet and all work on different parts of the event at the same time. The ATEM Software Control also lets you access camera control, audio mixing, media, macro programming and even control of HyperDeck disk recorders. You can even save the full state of the switcher as XML files, plus all media is backed up from the media pool. Plus you can run the software on Mac or Windows.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd the Speed and Power of an ATEM Hardware Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOnly ATEM Constellation has such as wide range of control panel options with 3 models of ATEM Advanced Panels available. ATEM Advanced Panels feature an industry standard, familiar M\/E style layout. Each panel has built-in LCDs for menus, high quality buttons with customizable illumination color, a DVE joystick plus T-bar fader. You can even setup and trigger Macros. All rows of M\/E buttons include integrated LCDs for dynamic input button labeling. The 1 M\/E model features a single M\/E row with 10 input buttons. The 2 M\/E models features 2 M\/E rows with 20, 30 or 40 input buttons depending on the model. The massive 4 M\/E model features 4 M\/E rows with 40 input buttons per row and 4 independent system control LCD screens.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGet Industry Standard Professional Camera Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe new ATEM Camera Control Panel provides 4 industry standard camera controllers for the same workflow as camera chains costing hundreds of thousands of dollars. Designed to be portable, ATEM Camera Control Panel can be placed on a desktop or on a slide out rack shelf. All control commands are sent to the cameras using the SDI camera control protocol which is supported by cameras such as Blackmagic URSA Broadcast and Blackmagic Studio Cameras. You get dedicated controls including CCU style joystick and controls for RGB camera color, master gain, black, iris and more. Plus all controls are arranged in a familiar broadcast layout perfect for both experienced or new operators.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Blackmagic Cameras, Panels, Decks and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM switchers are powerful because they can grow and expand with you. Add an ATEM Advanced Panel to get professional industry standard switcher control. Then add an ATEM Camera Control Panel for fast control and color balancing of up to four cameras. For cameras, Blackmagic Studio Cameras make great studio cameras as they have tally, talkback and control all built into the compact and very portable design. For mastering, Blackmagic HyperDeck Studio recorders are perfect because they include popular file formats such as ProRes, H.264 and DNx. You can even live stream using an UltraStudio or Blackmagic Web Presenter. Then add a Micro Converter SDI to HDMI 3G converter for HDMI monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll Features Included. No Hidden Costs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlike other switchers, all features are included in the purchase price. That means you get all features fully enabled and always ready for use. There are no license fees to allow you to use features and no ongoing monthly costs. This means you'll never experience a license expiring 5 minutes before your program starts. Advanced features such as multiview, SuperSource, DVEs or the ATEM Advanced Keyers are always enabled and always ready to use. Plus, you can use the free ATEM Software Control on an unlimited number of computers. That’s important when you divide up the workload with separate people for audio mix, graphics prep, camera control and switcher operation.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111805156,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMSCN2\/1ME2\/HD","price":1212.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMSCN2_1ME2_HD_47978888-386e-4e20-8785-e6dd16166998.jpg?v=1764755983"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-4-me-constellation-hd","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation HD","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eIntroducing ATEM Constellation, the world’s most powerful HD and 4K live production switchers! These incredibly powerful switchers are available in 4 great models, including a 1 M\/E model with 10 inputs, a 2 M\/E model with 20 inputs and two massive 4 M\/E models with 40 inputs! Plus each SDI input features a full standards converter! ATEM Constellation includes advanced features such as DVEs, ATEM advanced chroma keyers, media players, multiviews, and SuperSource processors! Plus the built in Fairlight audio mixer includes a compressor, limiter, 6 band parametric EQ and expander on each input. The free ATEM Software Control is included, or you can add a 1 M\/E, 2 M\/E or 4 M\/E ATEM Advanced Panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeriously Advanced Broadcast Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation switchers feature a compact rack mount design with a built in control panel. This allows operation of the switcher, critical during setup or for emergency use. Also included is a large LCD so you can see program output and change switcher settings via on screen menus. The compact design is perfect for portable live production, with the rear of the switcher including connections for 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI inputs, aux outputs, balanced audio and Ethernet for control. The top 4 M\/E models even include RS-422 for serial control and MADI digital audio connections. Even with all this power, ATEM Constellation is extremely quiet with its innovative high efficiency thermal system.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Massive Live Events\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 powerful models, ATEM Constellation switchers are ideal for concerts and music festivals because you can place cameras on all areas of the stage for amazing coverage. Even live sports benefit from the huge number of inputs and DVEs let you build multi-layer compositions to cover the action. The fastest way to produce programming is live. With powerful internal graphics and lots of ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you get everything you need for complex program production. ATEM Constellation is also perfect for house of worship programming as it’s big enough to allow professional results, but it’s very simple to learn so it’s easy to train a volunteer crew.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Broadcast Style Mix Effects Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation uses a professional \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the exact same way large broadcasters use live production switchers. This means you are using the same type of switcher used by the television industry. Both the free ATEM Software Control and the optional hardware ATEM Advanced Panels will allow program\/preview style switching. This means you can select a source on the preview bus to ensure it’s correct before pushing the CUT or AUTO button to switch it on air. This 2 step program\/preview process means far fewer mistakes. Program\/preview operation means ATEM Constellation is the best solution for training students for a career in broadcast television.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Front Panel Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a control panel built into the front panel, you can simply walk up and operate the ATEM Constellation at any time. ATEM Constellation has similar features to ATEM Mini, so it’s a fantastic upgrade when you need a bigger switcher. Plus the front panel control buttons are the same premium type used on full sized panels so they are extremely reliable. You can even control keyers, media and fade to black from the front panel. There is an industry standard 5 pin talkback headset connector on the front panel, with controls for talkback control. Plus the front panel LCD and menu buttons also allow almost every single operational feature of the switcher to be accessed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 40 Standards Converted SDI Inputs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family features HD models that have up to 40 independent 3G-SDI inputs as well as a 4K model with 12G-SDI inputs, with each input featuring its own dedicated up and cross converter. That means it’s possible to convert any 1080p input source to the video standard of the switcher. That means you could have each switcher SDI input running a different television standard and all the inputs will just work. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models, you can even loop out audio channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 from SDI inputs 1 to 30 to the two MADI digital audio outputs, so you can hand off the switcher input audio to an external audio engineer for mixing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 24 Customizable SDI Outputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family has a massive number of fully independent outputs. Even the small 1 M\/E model has 6 x 3G-SDI outputs. The 2 M\/E model has 12 x 3G-SDI outputs and the 4 M\/E models have either a massive 24 x 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI outputs. These SDI outputs are very powerful because you can independently route any SDI input or any internal source to each SDI output. That’s perfect for running independent feeds to stage screens, master recorders and streaming processors. Or use the SDI outputs for ISO recorders, where each deck will get a resynchronized switcher input with matching timecode. All SDI outputs contain program audio, RP-188 timecode, SDI camera control, tally and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB Webcam Output for Video Software\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor live streaming, the USB-C connection on ATEM Constellation operates as a webcam source. That means you can plug into a computer and get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM Constellation is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams or Skype for a new way to do presentations with a professional multi camera broadcast quality style. The ATEM Constellation webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose from Hardware or Software Control Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAll ATEM switchers feature a wide range of hardware and software control options, plus it’s possible to share control panels between all ATEM models for different events. Included with ATEM Constellation is a free software based control panel for Mac and Windows. The software connects to the switcher via Ethernet or USB and you can control the switcher, upload media, mix audio and control cameras. Then, when you need more power, you can add an ATEM Advanced Panel for professional switching or an ATEM Camera Control Panel for controlling cameras. There's even an ATEM developer SDK so you can build your own custom automation control solution.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Multiview with Labels, Tally and Meters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in multiview lets you monitor multiple sources on a single monitor. The 1 M\/E model includes 1 multiview, the 2 M\/E model has 2 independent multiviews and the 4 M\/E models have 4 independent multiviews. All external SDI inputs, plus all internal video sources can be routed to any view. All multiviews are fully customizable and can be independently set to 4, 7, 10, 13 or 16 simultaneous views. That’s up to 32 views in total on the 2 M\/E model and a massive 64 views across 4 monitors with the 4 M\/E models. You can add the tally border plus source label and VU meters as an overlay on each view. Plus a red and green border will show tally on each view, so you know what sources are on air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroadcast Transitions, DVE, Stingers and More.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation includes a wide range of broadcast quality native transitions such as mix, dip, wipe, and more. All transitions can be customized in the system control menus with adjustments for border color, border width, position, direction and a lot more. The ATEM Constellation switcher includes a powerful digital video effects processor for DVE transitions, which can be used to squeeze the current picture off screen revealing a new video under it. The DVE can even be used to create graphic wipe transitions. To eliminate errors, ATEM Constellation features a preview transition feature so you can setup your transitions before you switch it on air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt in DVE for Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation features up to 4 independent DVEs, depending on the model, that let you reposition graphics and create picture in picture compositions. You get amazing quality and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. DVEs can also be used to create amazing DVE transitions with squeeze and swoosh effects for adding excitement to your programming. You can even combine DVE transitions with custom graphics to create your own graphic wipe transitions. Then the 2 and 4 M\/E models include SuperSource processors for even more DVEs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Broadcast Talkback\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo keep crews working as a single creative team, ATEM Constellation features built in talkback. Talkback supports a 5 pin XLR headset connector, plus a rear mounted RJ12 connector for interfacing with industry standard talkback systems such as ClearCom or RTS. You get full talkback control including program and engineering loops, sidetone control for hearing the headset mic into the headphones and program mix. ATEM Constellation also supports SDI talkback that uses SDI channels 15 and 16 for 2-way communication with Blackmagic Design cameras. You can even use channels 13 and 14 for engineering talkback. It’s even possible to mix the talkback mic into the program audio for voiceovers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Media for Stills and Motion Graphics\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in media pool stores broadcast quality RGBA graphics and animations that can be played back instantly by the 2 or 4 media players. Media players simply appear as additional input sources on the ATEM Constellation, so you don’t have to use extra SDI inputs for graphics. The built in media pool holds graphics for use with the media players and the 1 M\/E model can hold 20 stills and 200 frame animations, the 2 M\/E model can hold 40 stills and 400 frame animations and the 4 M\/E models can hold 60 stills and up to 400 frame animations. You can easily manage all of your media using the included ATEM Software Control or download directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug-in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes New ATEM Advanced Chroma Keys\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or virtual set work, ATEM Constellation is perfect as it features lots of ATEM advanced keyers for high quality chroma or luminance keying. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a color picker to sample background colors for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground color corrector so you can match the \"look\" of the foreground layer to the background layer making seamless compositions possible. The keyer can also be used for pattern and DVE keying. You get 4 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 1 M\/E model, 8 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 2 M\/E model and 16 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 4 M\/E models.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Amazing Virtual Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 upstream chroma keyers per M\/E row, you get the perfect solution for building virtual sets. With so many ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you can use a keyer per camera to create a seamless composition of the camera over the custom background. Even the 1 M\/E model has enough keyers to generate a 4 camera virtual set. You can use external image processors for virtual sets, or you can even build a fixed camera virtual set by loading pre rendered still image backgrounds from the media players and media pool. You can setup macros to change cameras and load the correct background into the media players. With so much flexibility, you can experiment to try out different studio setups.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful SuperSource Processing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to the DVEs in the M\/E rows, the 2 M\/E and 4 M\/E models include powerful SuperSource multi layer processors with 4 extra DVE layers plus a background layer, that all appear to ATEM Constellation as an additional input source. Any switcher video input can be used for each SuperSource DVE, then it’s all layered together over a media pool custom background. SuperSource is just like having an extra multi-layer VFX switcher built in. SuperSource is perfect for doing picture in picture displays for interviews because you can set up the effect while keeping the main DVEs free for other tasks. The ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models even have 2 completely independent SuperSource processors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti Rate SDI for HD and Ultra HD Video Standards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith up to 40 multi rate SDI input connections, depending on the model, the ATEM Constellation is compatible with all types of video sources. You can connect equipment in HD or Ultra HD television standards including 720p, 1080i,1080p and 2160p formats. Only multi rate SDI allows switching between formats so you can instantly adapt to the needs of the job you are doing anywhere in the world. The SDI inputs will also handle embedded audio and mix audio from all video inputs. The program outputs include talkback, tally and camera control information. So you can connect any of the switcher SDI outputs back to the camera for program return, camera control, and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe First Switcher with Truly Professional Audio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation is the world’s first live production switcher that fully embraces live professional audio production. All SDI inputs are connected to a built in Fairlight audio mixer that features 6 band parametric EQ, compressor, limiter, noise gate and expander on each input. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models there are 2 MADI outputs for breaking out channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the first 30 SDI inputs out to an external audio engineer, plus a MADI input for allowing an extra 32 external audio channels in to the audio mixer. The Fairlight audio mixer even has additional inputs for mixing audio from analog inputs, talkback microphones for voice over and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Fairlight Audio Mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, the ATEM Constellation makes it possible to do extremely complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer has up to 156 input channels, for the biggest audio mixer in a live production switcher. Audio is de-embedded from all the SDI video inputs and passed to the audio mixer. Then the 4 M\/E models have extra audio mixer input channels for the MADI audio inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. All this audio power can be controlled via the ATEM Software Control or a Mackie compatible panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Free Software Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control Panel gives you total control over your switcher and is included free. The ATEM Software Control Panel features a beautifully designed interface with a visual switcher and parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Multiple users can connect to the switcher via Ethernet and all work on different parts of the event at the same time. The ATEM Software Control also lets you access camera control, audio mixing, media, macro programming and even control of HyperDeck disk recorders. You can even save the full state of the switcher as XML files, plus all media is backed up from the media pool. Plus you can run the software on Mac or Windows.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd the Speed and Power of an ATEM Hardware Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOnly ATEM Constellation has such as wide range of control panel options with 3 models of ATEM Advanced Panels available. ATEM Advanced Panels feature an industry standard, familiar M\/E style layout. Each panel has built-in LCDs for menus, high quality buttons with customizable illumination color, a DVE joystick plus T-bar fader. You can even setup and trigger Macros. All rows of M\/E buttons include integrated LCDs for dynamic input button labeling. The 1 M\/E model features a single M\/E row with 10 input buttons. The 2 M\/E models features 2 M\/E rows with 20, 30 or 40 input buttons depending on the model. The massive 4 M\/E model features 4 M\/E rows with 40 input buttons per row and 4 independent system control LCD screens.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGet Industry Standard Professional Camera Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe new ATEM Camera Control Panel provides 4 industry standard camera controllers for the same workflow as camera chains costing hundreds of thousands of dollars. Designed to be portable, ATEM Camera Control Panel can be placed on a desktop or on a slide out rack shelf. All control commands are sent to the cameras using the SDI camera control protocol which is supported by cameras such as Blackmagic URSA Broadcast and Blackmagic Studio Cameras. You get dedicated controls including CCU style joystick and controls for RGB camera color, master gain, black, iris and more. Plus all controls are arranged in a familiar broadcast layout perfect for both experienced or new operators.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Blackmagic Cameras, Panels, Decks and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM switchers are powerful because they can grow and expand with you. Add an ATEM Advanced Panel to get professional industry standard switcher control. Then add an ATEM Camera Control Panel for fast control and color balancing of up to four cameras. For cameras, Blackmagic Studio Cameras make great studio cameras as they have tally, talkback and control all built into the compact and very portable design. For mastering, Blackmagic HyperDeck Studio recorders are perfect because they include popular file formats such as ProRes, H.264 and DNx. You can even live stream using an UltraStudio or Blackmagic Web Presenter. Then add a Micro Converter SDI to HDMI 3G converter for HDMI monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll Features Included. No Hidden Costs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlike other switchers, all features are included in the purchase price. That means you get all features fully enabled and always ready for use. There are no license fees to allow you to use features and no ongoing monthly costs. This means you'll never experience a license expiring 5 minutes before your program starts. Advanced features such as multiview, SuperSource, DVEs or the ATEM Advanced Keyers are always enabled and always ready to use. Plus, you can use the free ATEM Software Control on an unlimited number of computers. That’s important when you divide up the workload with separate people for audio mix, graphics prep, camera control and switcher operation.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111837924,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMSCN2\/1ME4\/HD","price":2607.27,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMSCN2_1ME4_HD_5efb6da5-9aa7-4903-a6aa-f571ae768aea.jpg?v=1764755984"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-4-me-constellation-4k","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation 4K","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eIntroducing ATEM Constellation, the world’s most powerful HD and 4K live production switchers! These incredibly powerful switchers are available in 4 great models, including a 1 M\/E model with 10 inputs, a 2 M\/E model with 20 inputs and two massive 4 M\/E models with 40 inputs! Plus each SDI input features a full standards converter! ATEM Constellation includes advanced features such as DVEs, ATEM advanced chroma keyers, media players, multiviews, and SuperSource processors! Plus the built in Fairlight audio mixer includes a compressor, limiter, 6 band parametric EQ and expander on each input. The free ATEM Software Control is included, or you can add a 1 M\/E, 2 M\/E or 4 M\/E ATEM Advanced Panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeriously Advanced Broadcast Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation switchers feature a compact rack mount design with a built in control panel. This allows operation of the switcher, critical during setup or for emergency use. Also included is a large LCD so you can see program output and change switcher settings via on screen menus. The compact design is perfect for portable live production, with the rear of the switcher including connections for 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI inputs, aux outputs, balanced audio and Ethernet for control. The top 4 M\/E models even include RS-422 for serial control and MADI digital audio connections. Even with all this power, ATEM Constellation is extremely quiet with its innovative high efficiency thermal system.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Massive Live Events\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 powerful models, ATEM Constellation switchers are ideal for concerts and music festivals because you can place cameras on all areas of the stage for amazing coverage. Even live sports benefit from the huge number of inputs and DVEs let you build multi-layer compositions to cover the action. The fastest way to produce programming is live. With powerful internal graphics and lots of ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you get everything you need for complex program production. ATEM Constellation is also perfect for house of worship programming as it’s big enough to allow professional results, but it’s very simple to learn so it’s easy to train a volunteer crew.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Broadcast Style Mix Effects Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation uses a professional \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the exact same way large broadcasters use live production switchers. This means you are using the same type of switcher used by the television industry. Both the free ATEM Software Control and the optional hardware ATEM Advanced Panels will allow program\/preview style switching. This means you can select a source on the preview bus to ensure it’s correct before pushing the CUT or AUTO button to switch it on air. This 2 step program\/preview process means far fewer mistakes. Program\/preview operation means ATEM Constellation is the best solution for training students for a career in broadcast television.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Front Panel Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a control panel built into the front panel, you can simply walk up and operate the ATEM Constellation at any time. ATEM Constellation has similar features to ATEM Mini, so it’s a fantastic upgrade when you need a bigger switcher. Plus the front panel control buttons are the same premium type used on full sized panels so they are extremely reliable. You can even control keyers, media and fade to black from the front panel. There is an industry standard 5 pin talkback headset connector on the front panel, with controls for talkback control. Plus the front panel LCD and menu buttons also allow almost every single operational feature of the switcher to be accessed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 40 Standards Converted SDI Inputs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family features HD models that have up to 40 independent 3G-SDI inputs as well as a 4K model with 12G-SDI inputs, with each input featuring its own dedicated up and cross converter. That means it’s possible to convert any 1080p input source to the video standard of the switcher. That means you could have each switcher SDI input running a different television standard and all the inputs will just work. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models, you can even loop out audio channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 from SDI inputs 1 to 30 to the two MADI digital audio outputs, so you can hand off the switcher input audio to an external audio engineer for mixing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 24 Customizable SDI Outputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Constellation family has a massive number of fully independent outputs. Even the small 1 M\/E model has 6 x 3G-SDI outputs. The 2 M\/E model has 12 x 3G-SDI outputs and the 4 M\/E models have either a massive 24 x 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI outputs. These SDI outputs are very powerful because you can independently route any SDI input or any internal source to each SDI output. That’s perfect for running independent feeds to stage screens, master recorders and streaming processors. Or use the SDI outputs for ISO recorders, where each deck will get a resynchronized switcher input with matching timecode. All SDI outputs contain program audio, RP-188 timecode, SDI camera control, tally and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSB Webcam Output for Video Software\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor live streaming, the USB-C connection on ATEM Constellation operates as a webcam source. That means you can plug into a computer and get working with any video software. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM Constellation is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software in full resolution 1080HD quality. Choose any software you like, such as Zoom, Microsoft Teams or Skype for a new way to do presentations with a professional multi camera broadcast quality style. The ATEM Constellation webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose from Hardware or Software Control Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAll ATEM switchers feature a wide range of hardware and software control options, plus it’s possible to share control panels between all ATEM models for different events. Included with ATEM Constellation is a free software based control panel for Mac and Windows. The software connects to the switcher via Ethernet or USB and you can control the switcher, upload media, mix audio and control cameras. Then, when you need more power, you can add an ATEM Advanced Panel for professional switching or an ATEM Camera Control Panel for controlling cameras. There's even an ATEM developer SDK so you can build your own custom automation control solution.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Multiview with Labels, Tally and Meters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in multiview lets you monitor multiple sources on a single monitor. The 1 M\/E model includes 1 multiview, the 2 M\/E model has 2 independent multiviews and the 4 M\/E models have 4 independent multiviews. All external SDI inputs, plus all internal video sources can be routed to any view. All multiviews are fully customizable and can be independently set to 4, 7, 10, 13 or 16 simultaneous views. That’s up to 32 views in total on the 2 M\/E model and a massive 64 views across 4 monitors with the 4 M\/E models. You can add the tally border plus source label and VU meters as an overlay on each view. Plus a red and green border will show tally on each view, so you know what sources are on air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroadcast Transitions, DVE, Stingers and More.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation includes a wide range of broadcast quality native transitions such as mix, dip, wipe, and more. All transitions can be customized in the system control menus with adjustments for border color, border width, position, direction and a lot more. The ATEM Constellation switcher includes a powerful digital video effects processor for DVE transitions, which can be used to squeeze the current picture off screen revealing a new video under it. The DVE can even be used to create graphic wipe transitions. To eliminate errors, ATEM Constellation features a preview transition feature so you can setup your transitions before you switch it on air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt in DVE for Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation features up to 4 independent DVEs, depending on the model, that let you reposition graphics and create picture in picture compositions. You get amazing quality and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. DVEs can also be used to create amazing DVE transitions with squeeze and swoosh effects for adding excitement to your programming. You can even combine DVE transitions with custom graphics to create your own graphic wipe transitions. Then the 2 and 4 M\/E models include SuperSource processors for even more DVEs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Broadcast Talkback\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTo keep crews working as a single creative team, ATEM Constellation features built in talkback. Talkback supports a 5 pin XLR headset connector, plus a rear mounted RJ12 connector for interfacing with industry standard talkback systems such as ClearCom or RTS. You get full talkback control including program and engineering loops, sidetone control for hearing the headset mic into the headphones and program mix. ATEM Constellation also supports SDI talkback that uses SDI channels 15 and 16 for 2-way communication with Blackmagic Design cameras. You can even use channels 13 and 14 for engineering talkback. It’s even possible to mix the talkback mic into the program audio for voiceovers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Media for Stills and Motion Graphics\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in media pool stores broadcast quality RGBA graphics and animations that can be played back instantly by the 2 or 4 media players. Media players simply appear as additional input sources on the ATEM Constellation, so you don’t have to use extra SDI inputs for graphics. The built in media pool holds graphics for use with the media players and the 1 M\/E model can hold 20 stills and 200 frame animations, the 2 M\/E model can hold 40 stills and 400 frame animations and the 4 M\/E models can hold 60 stills and up to 400 frame animations. You can easily manage all of your media using the included ATEM Software Control or download directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug-in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes New ATEM Advanced Chroma Keys\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or virtual set work, ATEM Constellation is perfect as it features lots of ATEM advanced keyers for high quality chroma or luminance keying. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a color picker to sample background colors for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground color corrector so you can match the \"look\" of the foreground layer to the background layer making seamless compositions possible. The keyer can also be used for pattern and DVE keying. You get 4 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 1 M\/E model, 8 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 2 M\/E model and 16 ATEM Advanced Keyers on the 4 M\/E models.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Amazing Virtual Sets\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 4 upstream chroma keyers per M\/E row, you get the perfect solution for building virtual sets. With so many ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you can use a keyer per camera to create a seamless composition of the camera over the custom background. Even the 1 M\/E model has enough keyers to generate a 4 camera virtual set. You can use external image processors for virtual sets, or you can even build a fixed camera virtual set by loading pre rendered still image backgrounds from the media players and media pool. You can setup macros to change cameras and load the correct background into the media players. With so much flexibility, you can experiment to try out different studio setups.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful SuperSource Processing.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to the DVEs in the M\/E rows, the 2 M\/E and 4 M\/E models include powerful SuperSource multi layer processors with 4 extra DVE layers plus a background layer, that all appear to ATEM Constellation as an additional input source. Any switcher video input can be used for each SuperSource DVE, then it’s all layered together over a media pool custom background. SuperSource is just like having an extra multi-layer VFX switcher built in. SuperSource is perfect for doing picture in picture displays for interviews because you can set up the effect while keeping the main DVEs free for other tasks. The ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models even have 2 completely independent SuperSource processors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti Rate SDI for HD and Ultra HD Video Standards\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith up to 40 multi rate SDI input connections, depending on the model, the ATEM Constellation is compatible with all types of video sources. You can connect equipment in HD or Ultra HD television standards including 720p, 1080i,1080p and 2160p formats. Only multi rate SDI allows switching between formats so you can instantly adapt to the needs of the job you are doing anywhere in the world. The SDI inputs will also handle embedded audio and mix audio from all video inputs. The program outputs include talkback, tally and camera control information. So you can connect any of the switcher SDI outputs back to the camera for program return, camera control, and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe First Switcher with Truly Professional Audio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation is the world’s first live production switcher that fully embraces live professional audio production. All SDI inputs are connected to a built in Fairlight audio mixer that features 6 band parametric EQ, compressor, limiter, noise gate and expander on each input. On the ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation models there are 2 MADI outputs for breaking out channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the first 30 SDI inputs out to an external audio engineer, plus a MADI input for allowing an extra 32 external audio channels in to the audio mixer. The Fairlight audio mixer even has additional inputs for mixing audio from analog inputs, talkback microphones for voice over and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Fairlight Audio Mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, the ATEM Constellation makes it possible to do extremely complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer has up to 156 input channels, for the biggest audio mixer in a live production switcher. Audio is de-embedded from all the SDI video inputs and passed to the audio mixer. Then the 4 M\/E models have extra audio mixer input channels for the MADI audio inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. All this audio power can be controlled via the ATEM Software Control or a Mackie compatible panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Free Software Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control Panel gives you total control over your switcher and is included free. The ATEM Software Control Panel features a beautifully designed interface with a visual switcher and parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Multiple users can connect to the switcher via Ethernet and all work on different parts of the event at the same time. The ATEM Software Control also lets you access camera control, audio mixing, media, macro programming and even control of HyperDeck disk recorders. You can even save the full state of the switcher as XML files, plus all media is backed up from the media pool. Plus you can run the software on Mac or Windows.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd the Speed and Power of an ATEM Hardware Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOnly ATEM Constellation has such as wide range of control panel options with 3 models of ATEM Advanced Panels available. ATEM Advanced Panels feature an industry standard, familiar M\/E style layout. Each panel has built-in LCDs for menus, high quality buttons with customizable illumination color, a DVE joystick plus T-bar fader. You can even setup and trigger Macros. All rows of M\/E buttons include integrated LCDs for dynamic input button labeling. The 1 M\/E model features a single M\/E row with 10 input buttons. The 2 M\/E models features 2 M\/E rows with 20, 30 or 40 input buttons depending on the model. The massive 4 M\/E model features 4 M\/E rows with 40 input buttons per row and 4 independent system control LCD screens.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGet Industry Standard Professional Camera Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe new ATEM Camera Control Panel provides 4 industry standard camera controllers for the same workflow as camera chains costing hundreds of thousands of dollars. Designed to be portable, ATEM Camera Control Panel can be placed on a desktop or on a slide out rack shelf. All control commands are sent to the cameras using the SDI camera control protocol which is supported by cameras such as Blackmagic URSA Broadcast and Blackmagic Studio Cameras. You get dedicated controls including CCU style joystick and controls for RGB camera color, master gain, black, iris and more. Plus all controls are arranged in a familiar broadcast layout perfect for both experienced or new operators.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Blackmagic Cameras, Panels, Decks and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM switchers are powerful because they can grow and expand with you. Add an ATEM Advanced Panel to get professional industry standard switcher control. Then add an ATEM Camera Control Panel for fast control and color balancing of up to four cameras. For cameras, Blackmagic Studio Cameras make great studio cameras as they have tally, talkback and control all built into the compact and very portable design. For mastering, Blackmagic HyperDeck Studio recorders are perfect because they include popular file formats such as ProRes, H.264 and DNx. You can even live stream using an UltraStudio or Blackmagic Web Presenter. Then add a Micro Converter SDI to HDMI 3G converter for HDMI monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll Features Included. No Hidden Costs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlike other switchers, all features are included in the purchase price. That means you get all features fully enabled and always ready for use. There are no license fees to allow you to use features and no ongoing monthly costs. This means you'll never experience a license expiring 5 minutes before your program starts. Advanced features such as multiview, SuperSource, DVEs or the ATEM Advanced Keyers are always enabled and always ready to use. Plus, you can use the free ATEM Software Control on an unlimited number of computers. That’s important when you divide up the workload with separate people for audio mix, graphics prep, camera control and switcher operation.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111870692,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMSCN2\/2ME4\/4K","price":6282.03,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMSCN2_2ME4_4K_6fdf2cc0-a4a0-4f3e-9beb-9aa9c0150d91.jpg?v=1764755985"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-4-me-constellation-4k-plus","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 4 M\/E Constellation 4K Plus","description":"\u003cp\u003eIntroducing ATEM Constellation, the world’s most powerful HD and 4K live production switchers! These powerful switchers are available in 1 M\/E models with 10 inputs, 2 M\/E models with 20 inputs, 4 M\/E models with 40 inputs, and a 4 M\/E 4K Plus model with a massive 80 inputs! Plus each SDI input has a dedicated standards converter!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eATEM Constellation includes advanced features such as DVEs, ATEM advanced chroma key, media players, multi-views, and SuperSource processors! Plus the built in Fairlight audio mixer includes a compressor, limiter, 6 band parametric EQ and expander on each input. The free ATEM Software Control is included, or you can add a 1 M\/E, 2 M\/E or 4 M\/E ATEM Advanced Panel!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSeriously Advanced Broadcast Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Constellation switchers boast a compact rack mount design, complete with a built-in control panel. So you can operate the switcher from the front panel during setup or for emergency use. Also included is a large LCD so you can see the program output and change switcher settings. The compact design is perfect for portable live production, with the rear of the switcher including connections for 3G-SDI or 12G-SDI inputs, aux outputs, balanced audio and Ethernet for control. The top 4 M\/E models even include RS-422 for serial control and MADI digital audio connections. Even with all this power, ATEM Constellation is extremely quiet with its innovative high efficiency thermal system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned forMassive Live Events!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Constellation switchers are ideal for concerts and music festivals because you can place cameras on all areas of the stage for amazing coverage! Even live sports benefit from the huge number of inputs and DVEs that let you build multi-layer compositions to cover the action. The fastest way to produce programming is live! With powerful internal graphics and lots of ATEM advanced chroma keyers, you get everything you need for complex program production. ATEM Constellation is also perfect for house of worship programming as it’s big enough to allow professional results, but it’s very simple to learn so it’s easy to train a volunteer crew!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Broadcast Style Mix Effects Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Constellation uses a professional \"program\/preview\" style operation, which is the exact same way large broadcasters use live production switchers. This means you are using the same type of switcher used by the television industry. Both the free ATEM Software Control and the optional hardware ATEM Advanced Panels will allow program\/preview style switching. This means you can select a source on the preview bus to ensure it’s correct before pushing the CUT or AUTO button to switch it on air. This 2 step program\/preview process means far fewer mistakes! Program\/preview operation means ATEM Constellation is the best solution for training students for a career in broadcast television!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp id=\"KWE35L6\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull Front Panel Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nWith a control panel built into the front panel, you can simply walk up and operate the ATEM Constellation at any time. ATEM Constellation has similar software to the ATEM Mini, so it’s a fantastic upgrade when you need a bigger switcher! Plus the front panel control buttons are the same premium type used on full sized panels so they are extremely reliable. You can even control keyers, media and fade to black from the front panel! There is an industry standard 5 pin talkback headset connector on the front panel, with controls for talkback control. Plus the front panel LCD and menu buttons also allow almost every single operational feature of the switcher to be accessed!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111903460,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMSCN2\/2ME4\/4K\/P","price":9075.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMSCN2_2ME4_4K_P.jpg?v=1764755987"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-constellation-8k","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Constellation 8K","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eThe new ATEM Constellation 8K is an Ultra HD live production switcher with so many features, you can combine them all to make an incredibly powerful 8K switcher. You get 4 M\/Es, 40 x 12G‑SDI inputs, 24 x 12G‑SDI aux outputs, 4 DVEs, 16 Keyers, 4 media players, 4 multi viewers, 2 SuperSource and standards conversion on every SDI input. Then when switched to 8K, all these features combine to make a powerful 8K switcher. You even get built in talkback and a professional 156 channel Fairlight audio mixer with EQ and dynamics. That’s an audio mixer so big, you can connect and use a full Fairlight audio console. ATEM Constellation 8K has also been designed as an ideal upgrade for ATEM Television Studio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Massive Live Events\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith so many inputs, ATEM Constellation is ideal for concerts and music festivals because you can place cameras on all areas of the stage for amazing coverage. Even live sports benefit from the huge number of inputs and four DVEs let you build multi‑layer compositions to cover the action. The fastest way to produce programming is live. With powerful internal graphics and four ATEM Advanced Chroma Keyers, you get everything you need for complex program production. ATEM Constellation is also perfect for house of worship programming as it has the size to produce professional results, but it’s simple to learn so it’s easy to train volunteer crew.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe Ultra HD Switcher Ready for an 8K Future\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eBecause ATEM Constellation is so incredibly big, you can use it as a massive HD and Ultra HD switcher, then instantly combine all of these features together to work in native 8K. You get the power of 40 independent 12G‑SDI inputs when working in HD or Ultra HD, or when switched to 8K, these 40 inputs transform into 10 Quad Link 12G‑SDI 8K inputs. Each input even has up and cross conversion. That means you can instantly switch 720p, 1080p, 1080i, Ultra HD and 8K video standards. Plus, you get 4 independent Ultra HD multi views that also transform into a full resolution 8K multi view. Even the keyers, DVE, Super Source and downstream keyers all switch to native 8K.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeriously Advanced Broadcast Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation 8K features a compact 2RU rack mount design with a built in control panel. This allows operation of the switcher, critical during setup or for emergency use. Also included is a large LCD so you can see program output and change switcher settings via on screen menus. Although only 2RU size, the rear of the switcher has a massive 40 x 12G‑SDI inputs, 24 x 12G‑SDI aux outputs, plus balanced audio, Ethernet, RS‑422 control and MADI digital audio extra inputs to the internal Fairlight audio mixer. Even with all this power, ATEM Constellation is extremely quiet with its innovative high efficiency thermal system and three low speed cooling fans.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Front Panel Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in control panel, you can simply walk up and take full control of ATEM Constellation at any time. Because it works similar to ATEM Television Studio, it’s a fantastic upgrade when you need a bigger switcher. You get incredible power with both PGM\/PVW or cut‑bus style operation. The buttons are the same premium type used on full sized panels, and allow control of transitions, upstream\/downstream keyers, media players and fade to black. You also get professional talkback with engineering and production loops, plus an XLR talkback headset connection. But you're never limited, as the LCD menus also allow every single operational feature of the switcher to be accessed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMassive 40 Standards Converted 12G‑SDI Inputs.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou get 40 independent 12G‑SDI inputs, with each input featuring its own dedicated up and cross converter. That means it’s possible to convert 1080p and Ultra HD sources to stunning 8K to use them in your 8K programs. When used in HD or Ultra HD, you can connect up to 40 different sources in all formats up to 2160p60. When running 8K formats, connect 10 Quad Link 12G‑SDI 8K sources in all formats up to 4320p60. You can even loop out audio channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 from SDI inputs 1 to 30 to the two MADI digital audio outputs, so you can hand off the audio from all switcher sources to an external audio engineer for mixing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e24 Customizable 12G‑SDI Outputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation 8K features 24 independently routable 12G‑SDI outputs that can be fully customized. All of these outputs are similar to aux outputs, however they're more powerful because you can route any external SDI input and all internal sources to any of these 12G‑SDI outputs. That’s flexible enough to run independent program feeds, clean feeds, or outputs for on stage projectors and video walls. It’s like having multiple switchers all running at the same time with everyone getting the custom feed they need. All 12G‑SDI outputs contain embedded program audio, plus you get mix minus support, RP‑188 embedded timecode, SDI camera control, tally and talkback.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChoose from Hardware or Software Control Panels\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAll ATEM switchers feature a wide range of hardware and software control options, plus it’s possible to share control panels between all ATEM models for different live events. Included with ATEM Constellation is a full software based control panel for Mac and Windows. The software connects to the switcher via ethernet and you can control the switcher, upload media, mix audio and control cameras. You can even run multiple copies of the software switcher at the same time. Then, when you need more power, you can add an ATEM Advanced Panel for switching or even an ATEM Camera Control Panel allowing dedicated control of your cameras. There's even a developer SDK for your own custom control solutions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes 8K Multiview with Labels, Tally and Meters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in multi views let you monitor multiple sources in a single monitor. You get 4 independent multiview outputs that can each be individually customized or transformed into a single full resolution 8K multiview when you switch to 8K. You get the stunning quality that only an 8K multiview can provide. Plus all external inputs and all internal sources can be routed to any view. Plus each multiview can be independently set to 4, 7, 10, 13 or 16 simultaneous views. Each view also has on screen status including a custom label, VU meters and tally. The four 12G‑SDI multiview outputs support HD and Ultra HD up to 2160p60, and up to 4320p60 via Quad Link 12G‑SDI when switched to 8K.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDVE, Stingers and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation 8K includes a wide range of broadcast quality 8K native transitions such as mix, dip, wipe, and more. All transitions can be customized by adjusting parameters such as their duration, border colour, border width, position and direction. Transitions are even fully 8K native. You also get exciting DVE transitions, perfect for graphic wipes and even stingers when used with the internal media players. To eliminate errors, ATEM Constellation also includes a preview transition feature so you can check your transitions before putting them to air.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFull Resolution 8K DVE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation features 4 independent Ultra HD DVEs that all work together as a single full resolution 8K DVE when you switch to 8K formats. You get amazing quality and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. DVEs can also be used to create amazing DVE transitions with squeeze, push and swoosh effects for adding excitement to your programming. You can even combine DVE transitions with custom graphics to create your own graphic wipe transitions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Media for Stills and Motion Graphics\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in media pool stores broadcast quality RGBA graphics and animations that can be played back instantly by the two media players. Media players simply appear as additional input sources on the ATEM Constellation 8K, so you don’t have to use extra SDI inputs for graphics. For the highest quality, the media pool can hold up to 24 full resolution 8K stills, or 64 Ultra HD or HD stills. Motion graphics clips for use in animations and stingers can be up to 100 8K RGBA frames, 400 frames in Ultra HD or a massive 1,600 frames in 1080HD. You can easily manage all of your media using the included ATEM Software Control or download directly from Photoshop using the ATEM Photoshop plug‑in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes New ATEM Advanced Chroma Key in 8K\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor news or virtual set work, ATEM Constellation is the perfect choice as it features 16 ATEM Advanced Keyers for high quality chroma or luminance keying. The chroma keyer is incredibly powerful and features a colour picker to sample background colours for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground colour corrector so you can match the \"look\" of the foreground layer to the background layer making seamless compositions possible. The keyer can also be used for pattern and DVE keying allowing incredible versatility. Then when you switch to 8K, you still get four independent full resolution 8K ATEM Advanced Keyers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti Rate 12G‑SDI for HD, Ultra HD and Native 8K\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 40 multi rate 12G‑SDI input connections, ATEM Constellation 8K is compatible with HD, Ultra HD and 8K SDI sources. When working in HD, it's easy to operate at high frame rates up to 720p60, 1080p60 and 1080i59.94 formats. When you switch to Ultra HD, you can work in 2160p formats up to 60 frames per second all using a single 12G‑SDI connection. When switched to 8K it’s now possible to operate in 4320p formats up to 60p using Quad Link 12G‑SDI which allows real time 8K using 4 BNC cables. Only multi rate 12G‑SDI allows switching between HD, Ultra HD and 8K formats so you can instantly adapt to the needs of the job you are doing anywhere in the world.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eThe First Switcher with Big Professional Audio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation 8K is the world’s first live production switcher that fully embraces live professional audio production. All SDI inputs are connected to a built in Fairlight audio mixer that features 6 band parametric EQ, compressor, limiter, noise gate and expander on each input. There is even a MADI for an extra 32 input channels into the internal audio mixer. ATEM Constellation 8K can even be connected to a professional Fairlight mixing console. Plus, there are 2 MADI outputs for breaking out channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the first 30 SDI inputs out for an external audio engineer. You can even mix audio from analogue inputs, talkback microphones for voice over and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Fairlight Audio Mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, the ATEM Constellation makes it possible to do extremely complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer features a massive 156 channels, for the biggest audio mixer in a live production switcher. 80 mixer channels are de‑embedded from the SDI inputs, while an extra 64 audio channels are input via MADI in. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ and compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as full panning. You get extra channels for the analogue input, talkback microphone and media players. All this audio power can be controlled via the ATEM Software Control, a Mackie compatible panel or Fairlight Audio Console.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Free Software Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control Panel gives you total control over your switcher and is included free. ATEM Software Control Panel features a beautifully designed interface with a visual switcher and parameter palettes for making quick adjustments. Multiple users can connect to the switcher via Ethernet and all work on different parts of the event at the same time. The ATEM Software Control also lets you access camera control, audio mixing, media, macro programming and even control of HyperDeck disk recorders. You can even save the full state of the switcher as XML files, plus all media is backed up from the media pool. Plus you can run the software on Mac or Windows.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd the Speed and Power of an ATEM Hardware Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAll ATEM switchers have a wide range of control panels allowing customization for the kind of work you do. ATEM hardware control panels feature a fast program\/preview style which is the industry standard for switcher control. All transitions have direct access buttons and a t‑bar is included when performing manual blending of transitions. For accurate control of the DVE, a joystick provides X, Y positioning and rotate for DVE zoom. Then you can use the LCD menus to control features that don't have dedicated knobs and buttons. You can even setup and trigger Macros right from the panel. The ATEM panels feature internal power supplies as well as an IEC AC power connection.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111936228,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMSCN4\/1ME4\/8K","price":7669.48,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMSCN4-1ME4-8K-1_3ac32033-370e-4468-b57d-613204cc97f2.jpg?v=1764755991"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-television-studio-hd8","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Television Studio HD8","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe World's Most Portable All‑In‑One Television Studio\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe new ATEM Television Studio HD is a professional live production switcher built into a broadcast control panel so it can be used for high end work while being extremely portable. This means you can use it in small venues that don't have the access for equipment racks or broadcast vans. You get a powerful switcher with 8 standards converted SDI inputs, 2 aux outputs, 4 chroma keyers, 2 downstream keyers, SuperSource, 2 media players and lots of transitions. Plus it includes a whole television studio of features such as hardware streaming, recording, audio mixer, talkback, multiview and optional internal cloud storage. There's even an ISO model that records all 8 inputs for editing\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Production, Post Production and Distribution\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLive Production\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou get an incredibly powerful 8 input switcher with both program and two aux outputs so you have everything you need for mobile production. That means you can connect up to 8 cameras! Plus you get professional camera control, talkback and audio mixing all designed into a familiar broadcast panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePost Production\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ISO model records all inputs into separate files so you can edit using any NLE that supports multi-cam! That's possible because all files have perfect timecode sync! Plus with built in network storage, you can edit while recording! Multiple users can even share media and collaborate.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistribution\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in hardware streaming engine, you can live stream your event to a global audience! Recording to H.264 files with AAC audio means you get the correct format to upload to YouTube. Plus you share live broadcasts with your audience by using the aux outputs and large screens and projectors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks Like a True Broadcast Live Production Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhile ATEM Television Studio HD is a compact design, it still includes very powerful broadcast features! If you're interested in a career in the television industry, then it's perfect for training as it has the same features as switchers in high end broadcast studios. You get an advanced broadcast grade switcher, with built in ATEM Advanced Chroma Keyers, Fairlight audio mixer, DVE, still store for graphics and much more! Most of the features can be operated from the front panel, or you can use the free ATEM Software Control on Mac or Windows to access even more features! With a little fun experimentation it’s possible for anyone to create high end broadcast quality live television.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Use and Fast to Learn\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere's never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press any of the program row buttons on the front panel to cut between video sources. Or you can pre select a source on the preview row and then choose between cut or effect transitions by selecting the cut or auto buttons. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such as dip to colour, DVE squeeze and DVE push. You can even add a DVE for picture in picture effects with customized graphics. There are also media players which let you store graphics with alpha channels for titles and graphics that you can load as live video inputs. Then you can live stream the results.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf Contained Broadcast Quality Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Television Studio HD combines a switcher and control panel into the same unit, so it’s extremely portable. You get everything you need! The front panel includes buttons for selecting sources, triggering transitions and setting up video effects. Plus the buttons are the same high-end type used on expensive broadcast switchers! You also get a built in T-bar for manual transition control! The front panel even has an innovative audio mixer control area with live metering on a dedicated LCD. There are also buttons for recording and streaming control, plus live aux switching that lets you change aux outputs between all 8 cameras, program, preview or the Multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect up to 8 Independent Cameras\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 8 3G-SDI video inputs, ATEM Television Studio HD lets you connect multiple cameras for different views of the performance. Video cameras with SDI outputs, such as Blackmagic Studio Camera or Blackmagic URSA Broadcast G2, are much better quality as they have better low light performance and use professional lenses. All video sources will re-sync to the switcher, even if they operate at different video standards. Everything just works so setup on location is easy and you don't have to worry about technical problems. Imagine taking advantage of the creative freedom of multi camera live production for interviews, advertorials, theatre productions, music performances, sports and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eATEM Television Studio HD8\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eGet a fully featured broadcast quality live production studio with 8 standards converted 3G-SDI inputs, built in streaming, master recorder, Multiview, USB webcam support, DVE, 4 ATEM Advanced Chroma Keyers, media players, talkback, 4 way Ethernet switch and optional internal cloud media storage.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123111968996,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMTVSTA\/HD08","price":2289.71,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMTVSTA-HD08_bb8c61c1-8240-4e72-b4c3-195ba40ef568.jpg?v=1764755991"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-television-studio-hd8-iso","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Television Studio HD8 ISO","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe World's Most Portable All‑In‑One Television Studio\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe new ATEM Television Studio HD is a professional live production switcher built into a broadcast control panel so it can be used for high end work while being extremely portable. This means you can use it in small venues that don't have the access for equipment racks or broadcast vans. You get a powerful switcher with 8 standards converted SDI inputs, 2 aux outputs, 4 chroma keyers, 2 downstream keyers, SuperSource, 2 media players and lots of transitions. Plus it includes a whole television studio of features such as hardware streaming, recording, audio mixer, talkback, multiview and optional internal cloud storage. There's even an ISO model that records all 8 inputs for editing\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cem\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Production, Post Production and Distribution\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/em\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLive Production\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou get an incredibly powerful 8 input switcher with both program and two aux outputs so you have everything you need for mobile production. That means you can connect up to 8 cameras! Plus you get professional camera control, talkback and audio mixing all designed into a familiar broadcast panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePost Production\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ISO model records all inputs into separate files so you can edit using any NLE that supports multi-cam! That's possible because all files have perfect timecode sync! Plus with built in network storage, you can edit while recording! Multiple users can even share media and collaborate.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistribution\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in hardware streaming engine, you can live stream your event to a global audience! Recording to H.264 files with AAC audio means you get the correct format to upload to YouTube. Plus you share live broadcasts with your audience by using the aux outputs and large screens and projectors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks Like a True Broadcast Live Production Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhile ATEM Television Studio HD is a compact design, it still includes very powerful broadcast features! If you're interested in a career in the television industry, then it's perfect for training as it has the same features as switchers in high end broadcast studios. You get an advanced broadcast grade switcher, with built in ATEM Advanced Chroma Keyers, Fairlight audio mixer, DVE, still store for graphics and much more! Most of the features can be operated from the front panel, or you can use the free ATEM Software Control on Mac or Windows to access even more features! With a little fun experimentation it’s possible for anyone to create high end broadcast quality live television.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Use and Fast to Learn\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere's never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press any of the program row buttons on the front panel to cut between video sources. Or you can pre select a source on the preview row and then choose between cut or effect transitions by selecting the cut or auto buttons. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such as dip to colour, DVE squeeze and DVE push. You can even add a DVE for picture in picture effects with customized graphics. There are also media players which let you store graphics with alpha channels for titles and graphics that you can load as live video inputs. Then you can live stream the results.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelf Contained Broadcast Quality Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Television Studio HD combines a switcher and control panel into the same unit, so it’s extremely portable. You get everything you need! The front panel includes buttons for selecting sources, triggering transitions and setting up video effects. Plus the buttons are the same high-end type used on expensive broadcast switchers! You also get a built in T-bar for manual transition control! The front panel even has an innovative audio mixer control area with live metering on a dedicated LCD. There are also buttons for recording and streaming control, plus live aux switching that lets you change aux outputs between all 8 cameras, program, preview or the Multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect up to 8 Independent Cameras\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 8 3G-SDI video inputs, ATEM Television Studio HD lets you connect multiple cameras for different views of the performance. Video cameras with SDI outputs, such as Blackmagic Studio Camera or Blackmagic URSA Broadcast G2, are much better quality as they have better low light performance and use professional lenses. All video sources will re-sync to the switcher, even if they operate at different video standards. Everything just works so setup on location is easy and you don't have to worry about technical problems. Imagine taking advantage of the creative freedom of multi camera live production for interviews, advertorials, theatre productions, music performances, sports and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eATEM Television Studio HD8 ISO\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe more advanced ISO model includes all the features of ATEM Television Studio HD8 plus adds ISO recording of all 8 inputs to separate video files. Also supports up to 8 remote cameras via local Ethernet or globally via the internet. Remote cameras even support tally and camera control.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112001764,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMTVSTC\/HD08ISO","price":2715.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMTVSTC-HD08ISO_9954c6fc-37dd-4b00-af65-860b79223b8e.jpg?v=1764755992"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-television-studio-4k8","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Television Studio 4K8","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe World's Most Portable All-In-One Television Studio\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe new ATEM Television Studio is a professional live production switcher built into a broadcast control panel so it can be used for high end work while being extremely portable. This means you can use it in small venues that don't have the access for equipment racks or broadcast vans. You get a powerful switcher with 8 standards converted SDI inputs, aux outputs, 4 chroma keyers, 2 downstream keyers, SuperSource, 2 media players and lots of transitions. Plus it includes a whole television studio of features such as hardware streaming, recording, audio mixer, talkback, multiview and optional internal network shared storage. There's even an ISO model that records all 8 inputs for editing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBring Multi Camera Live Production to any Location\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003eCompact Broadcast Vans - With the all in one design, you can build a new generation of ultra compact broadcast vans. You don't need racks of equipment, so you can eliminate clutter for a much nicer work environment. For stability, you can even mount the switcher inset into the desk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003eMusic Venues and Clubs - Some of the most exciting venues, such as downstairs music venues or comedy clubs, are too small for racks of video equipment. However ATEM Television Studio can be carried into any venue. It’s also easy to pack up, even if the venue is still crowded.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003eOnline Education - ATEM Television Studio is perfect for creating education content. As the ISO model records the video inputs, you can finesse edits, replace shots and even add colour correction. Plus you can even connect to Zoom to incorporate live chat with students.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003eLive Sports - ATEM Television Studio is perfect for live sports because it has a simple design that's easy for community volunteers to use. It can be installed into sports clubs or taken on the road with the team. With up to 8 cameras, you'll catch all the exciting angles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelf Contained Broadcast Quality Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Television Studio combines a switcher and control panel into the same unit, so it’s extremely portable. You get everything you need. The front panel includes buttons for selecting sources, triggering transitions and setting up video effects. Plus the buttons are the same high-end type used on expensive broadcast switchers. You also get a built in t-bar for manual transition control. The front panel even has an innovative audio mixer control area with live metering on a dedicated LCD. There are also buttons for recording and streaming control, plus live aux switching that lets you change aux outputs between all 8 cameras, program, preview or the multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect up to 8 Broadcast Cameras\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith 8 SDI video inputs, ATEM Television Studio lets you connect multiple cameras for different views of the performance. Video cameras with SDI outputs, such as Blackmagic Studio Camera or Blackmagic URSA Broadcast G2, are much better quality as they have better low light performance and use professional lenses. All video sources will re-sync to the switcher, even if they operate at different video standards. Everything just works so setup on location is easy and you don't have to worry about technical problems. Imagine taking advantage of the creative freedom of multi camera live production for interviews, advertorials, theater productions, music performances, sports and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Production, Post Production and Distribution\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLive Production \u003c\/strong\u003e- You get an incredibly powerful 8 input switcher with both program and aux outputs so you have everything you need for mobile production. That means you can connect up to 8 cameras. Plus you get professional camera control, talkback and audio mixing all designed into a familiar broadcast panel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePost Production \u003c\/strong\u003e- The ISO model records all inputs into separate files so you can edit using any NLE that supports multi-cam. That's possible because all files have perfect timecode sync. Plus with built in network storage, you can edit while recording. Multiple users can even share media and collaborate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistribution \u003c\/strong\u003e- With a built in hardware streaming engine, you can live stream your event to a global audience. Recording to H.264 files with AAC audio means you get the correct format to upload to YouTube. Plus you share live broadcasts with your audience by using the aux outputs and large screens and projectors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Use and Fast to Learn\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere's never been a switcher that’s easier to use, as you simply press any of the program row buttons on the front panel to cut between video sources. Or you can pre select a source on the preview row and then choose between cut or effect transitions by selecting the cut or auto buttons. You can select from exciting transitions such as dissolve, or more dramatic effects such as dip to colour, DVE squeeze and DVE push. You can even add a DVE for picture in picture effects with customized graphics. There are also media players which let you store graphics with alpha channels for titles and graphics that you can load as live video inputs. Then you can live stream the results.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue Broadcast Style Mix Effects Switching\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Television Studio uses a professional program\/preview style of operation, which is exactly the way large broadcasters use live production switchers. However ATEM Television Studio can be switched to A\/B style switching, which is easier when it's used by volunteers or community groups. However, if you want to operate the switcher like a broadcast professional then the program\/preview is perfect. This means a source won't be put on air until you press the cut or auto button. This 2 step process means you see what you are selecting before putting it to air, so you get fewer mistakes. Plus program\/preview operation is a fantastic way to train students for a career in broadcast television.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to Add Exciting Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOne of the benefits of ATEM Television Studio is the range of professional built in video effects. The cut button ensures an instant cut when switching between sources. The t-bar fader can be used to transition video effects, or you can do the transition automatically by pressing the auto button. Auto uses the transition duration set in the system control. You can also select the type of effect you want including mix, which does a smooth transition between sources, or dip which transitions via a third video source, such as a colour generator. There is a wide range of SMPTE wipes included, plus fun DVE effects that slide or squeeze the image off screen when transitioning between video sources.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Loads of Extremely Creative Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Television Studio includes the same kind of transitions found on expensive broadcast switchers. This means the effects and transitions can be customized in many different ways, so they are surprisingly powerful. You'll never stop finding new ways of using them. That’s because all transitions can be customized by adjusting parameters such as duration, border colour, border width, position and direction. You can even use the DVE with a wipe transition, where the DVE moves a graphic over the wipe edge. That's called a graphic wipe and it’s often used in sports broadcasting. The preview transition button can be used to set up effects offline, which is great for eliminating mistakes.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt in DVE for Broadcast Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Television Studio features an independent DVE that lets you reposition graphics and create picture in picture compositions. You get amazing quality and the DVE supports position, resize and scale, all in real time. The DVE lets you create professional picture in picture effects with customizable 3D borders, shadows and lighting. DVEs can also be used to create amazing DVE transitions with squeeze, swoosh and push effects for adding excitement to your programming. You can even combine DVE transitions with custom graphics to create your own graphic wipe transitions. Pus there is also a SuperSource multi layer processing engine with 4 extra DVEs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports Internal Media for Stills and Motion Graphics\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in media pool stores broadcast quality graphics and animations that can be played back using the built in media players. Media players appear as independent sources so you don't need to waste any of the SDI inputs for graphics. For highest quality, all media supports RGB colourspace with alpha channel, allowing transparency and layering. The media pool can hold 20 HD or Ultra HD resolution stills. Depending on the model, motion graphics clips for animations and stingers can be up to 720 frames in 720HD, 360 frames in 1080HD and 90 frames in 2160 Ultra HD. The ATEM Software Control allows you to upload and manage media. You can even prepare graphics in Adobe Photoshop and then download to the media pool using the free ATEM Photoshop plug-in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes 4 ATEM Advanced Chroma Keyers\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Television Studio is perfect for news and on-set presentation work because it features 4 ATEM Advanced Chroma Keyers for green screen keying effects. The chroma keyers are incredibly powerful and include features such as a colour picker to sample background colours for automatic generation of the key parameters. You get precise controls for edge and flare, and there is even a foreground colour corrector so you can match the foreground and background layers for seamless compositions. You can even use it for title overlays by creating graphics with a green or blue background. With 4 ATEM Advanced Chroma Keyers, ATEM Television Studio is perfect for creating fixed camera virtual sets.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful SuperSource Processing\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to the DVE in the ATEM Television Studio, there is also a powerful SuperSource multi layer processor. SuperSource gives you 4 extra DVE layers plus a background layer, all layered together as an additional input source. Any video input can be used as sources for each DVE, then it’s all layered together over a media pool custom background or live video. SuperSource is perfect for doing multiple picture in picture displays with people being interviewed because you can set up the effect so the viewer can see each person being interviewed all within a stylish graphic. SuperSource is just like having a completely independent multi-layer VFX switcher built in.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 8 Standards Converted SDI Inputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Television Studio HD models feature 8 independent 3G-SDI inputs, and the 4K model has 8 12G-SDI inputs. Each SDI input has a dedicated standards converter so any 720 HD, 1080 HD or 2160 Ultra HD input source will be converted to the standard of the switcher. That means each SDI input could have a different television standard and all inputs will just work. SDI input audio channels 1, 2, 3 and 4 can also be manually routed to various embedded audio channels in the program and aux outputs. Plus you can even router out audio channels 1 and 2 from the SDI inputs to the MADI digital audio output, so you can hand off the switcher input audio to an external audio engineer for mixing.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional SDI Outputs with 16 Channel Embedded Audio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Television Studio includes up to nine SDI program outputs so you get enough connections to send a separate program return feed to all of your cameras. That’s important because the SDI program return is used to send tally, talkback and control information back to the cameras. You also get dedicated aux outputs for driving stage monitors and master recorders. Two of the aux outputs can be live switched using dedicated buttons on the control panel. One of the aux outputs also includes an on screen counter for presenter monitoring. Plus you can manually route audio into all 16 embedded audio channels in the SDI outputs. There's also a dedicated 3G-SDI and HDMI output for the multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt In Audio Mixer with 6 Band EQ, Compressor and Limiter\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith a built in Fairlight audio mixer, ATEM Television Studio makes it possible to do complex live sound mixing. The internal mixer features enough channels for all SDI inputs, as well as extra channels for the XLR, RCA and MADI inputs. Each input channel features the highest quality 6 band parametric EQ, compressor, limiter, expander and noise gate as well as level and pan controls. You can mix all these input channels together at the same time, or you can set video sources to \"audio follow video\". The audio mixer is extremely powerful and it can be adjusted from the front panel using the dedicated audio mixer controls and LCD. Plus you can also mix audio using ATEM Software Control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in Multiview Supports 16 Sources on a Single Monitor\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen doing larger live productions with multiple cameras, it’s vital to see all your video sources at the same time on a single monitor. ATEM Television Studio includes a professional multiview that lets you see all video inputs, preview and program on a single SDI or HDMI monitor. You can even send the multiview to the aux outputs. Each camera view includes tally indicators so you know when each source is on-air, plus each view has custom labels and audio meters. You can fully customize the multiview layout with up to 16 simultaneous views. You can also select one of the additional status views that lets you track recording, streaming and the audio mixer status, right from the multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLive Stream to a Global Audience\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Television Studio has a built in hardware streaming engine for live streaming to a global audience. That means you can live stream to services such as YouTube, Facebook and Twitch in better video quality and without dropped frames. Streaming works using the Ethernet connection to the internet, or you can connect a smartphone to use mobile data. Then you simply select the streaming service and enter the streaming key using ATEM Software Control. This makes streaming easy to setup, and the convenient data rate indicator shows the internet speed required. If you're technically minded, you can even update the streaming profiles in an XML settings file to add new services.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnect 5G or 4G Phones for Mobile Data\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you’re doing live production on location then the ATEM Television Studio supports mobile data by connecting an Apple or Android phone to the USB port. It's also a great backup for the main Ethernet connection. Phone tethering works with the latest high speed 5G phones plus the more common 4G phones. The ATEM switcher will detect when a phone is connected and automatically switch its internet connection to use it if the Ethernet connection is lost. When connected, the phone will also power from the USB port so it always remains charged and ready to go. By using phone tethering and mobile data, you get the perfect mobile production solution that can be transported anywhere.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eOutputs to Any Software that Supports USB Webcams\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou can use any video software with ATEM Television Studio because the USB connection will emulate a webcam. That means you can plug into a computer and use any video software that works with a webcam. The software is tricked into thinking the ATEM Television Studio is a common webcam, but it's really a live production switcher. That guarantees full compatibility with any video software and in full resolution 1080HD quality. Imagine doing a presentation from a professional broadcast studio to software such as Zoom, Teams or Skype. For streaming, the webcam output also works with streaming software such as Open Broadcaster, XSplit Broadcaster and more.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecord to Internal Storage or USB Disks\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Television Studio supports recording to external USB flash disks. Or if an optional M.2 flash disk is installed, you can record directly to internal network shared storage. The internal storage plus any external USB disks will be available to share over the local Ethernet network so other people can work on post production tasks such as editing, colour correction and graphics preparation. All recordings are in H.264 format with AAC audio for broadcast quality video and small file sizes. You can also connect multiple USB disks, so recording will continue if a disk becomes full. You even get buttons on the control panel to start recording and you can see record status in the multiview.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternal Storage Supports Multiple Users\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Television Studio is also a fast network disk if you install an optional M.2 flash memory card inside the switcher. Flash memory is extremely fast so it can keep up with recording multiple ISO video files while lots of external simultaneous users all work on separate computers for editing, colour correction, VFX and audio post production. Plus the internal network storage is extremely easy to set up. You can also sync the storage to Dropbox and Google Drive, so recordings can be distributed between other ATEM Television Studios or Blackmagic Cloud Stores in different locations, even on lower cost internet connections. That’s the perfect global media sync solution.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEdit Live Production with Separate ISO Recordings\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Television Studio HD ISO model allows you to edit your live event as it can record all inputs to separate video files. You get 8 separate video input files with matching timecode and sync, plus the program video is also recorded into a separate master video file. This means you can edit using any NLE software that supports multi-cam editing. You can use any edit software that supports multi-cam because all input ISO video files will have matching timecode and be in perfect sync. Now it's easy to re-edit your show after the event, so your work will be absolutely perfect. Plus audio is recorded into separate WAV files so you can even professionally remix your audio.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Integration with DaVinci Resolve\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOnly ATEM Television Studio HD8 ISO is fully integrated into DaVinci Resolve. This means you can edit, colour correct, add VFX and audio mixing to your live production. Plus DaVinci Resolve is a free download for Mac, Windows and Linux, so there's no monthly license costs. Simply open the project and you'll see your live production as an edit timeline. You can trim edits and remove shots you don't want. In the cut page, the sync bin will show alternative shots in a multiview display. If you want to replace a shot, then simply click an alternative. Finally, you can add professional DaVinci colour correction. You can even relink to Blackmagic RAW camera files if you want to finish in Ultra HD.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistribute Files Globally\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith support for Dropbox and Google Drive sync, you can share files globally. That’s extremely important when working with video files that have long record durations so become large. If you need to work in multiple locations, then each user needs to have instant access to these files, even when most internet connections are too slow. While the internet is often too slow to access large video files in real time, it is perfect for syncing files to a storage provider such as Dropbox or Google Drive. Multiple Blackmagic Cloud Stores can sync down for local access in each location. Then everyone has a copy of their media on local network storage. It's the simplest solution for global media sync.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Cloud Service\u003c\/strong\u003e - Make sure your ATEM Television Studio is connected to the internet. Enter in your Dropbox or Google Drive account details, so the switcher can get access to allow sync.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet Sync Folders \u003c\/strong\u003e- Next you need to set the sync folders. That tells the ATEM Television Studio where to sync its files to the remote Dropbox or Google Drive. You can have multiple sync folders for different jobs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSet Sync Direction\u003c\/strong\u003e - Now set the sync direction. One direction is good when you have local files you want to share, but not enough room for everyone’s files. Both directions means everyone gets the same set of files.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eConnect to Remote Internet Cameras\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAnother exciting feature on the ATEM Television Studio HD8 ISO model is that it can connect to remote cameras. The Blackmagic URSA Broadcast G2, Blackmagic Studio Camera 4K Pro G2 and Blackmagic Studio Camera 6K Pro cameras can live stream in H.264 direct to the switcher. If you're connected to the local network, then simply select the camera in the input menu. However if the switcher is set to a fixed external IP address, then you can export an XML file with the camera settings to live stream from anywhere on the internet. Simply load the XML file into the camera. Plus you even get camera control and tally. Program audio is also sent back to the camera which is great for live interviews.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Free ATEM Software Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Software Control app unlocks the hidden power of ATEM Television Studio by allowing access to all the features in the switcher. ATEM Software Control features a visual switcher user interface with parameter palettes for making adjustments. Although you can connect via USB, if you connect using Ethernet you can run multiple copies of ATEM Software Control on different computers. The software lets you live switch, mix audio, colour correct in the cameras and manage media. You can also build and run complex macros from the software. Plus you can save the switcher state as an XML file for recalling jobs later. You can even control trigger external HyperDeck recorders.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLocalized for 13 Popular Languages\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Television Studio supports multiple languages in the menus and in the ATEM Software Control, so you can customize it to the language you prefer. You get support for English, Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Spanish, German, French, Russian, Italian, Portuguese, Turkish, Polish and Ukrainian languages. Simply go into the setup menu to change the language, or you can always switch to another language at any time in the future. Once a language is selected, the menus on all the LCDs will change to the selected language. Multiple language support means ATEM Television Studio is perfect for doing live production work anywhere in the world and with any crew.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned to Be Easy to Repair\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith so many features built in, it’s vital that ATEM Television Studio can be easily repaired. Plus, there is already a lot of built in redundancy, with 4 Ethernet connections, up to 9 program SDI outputs, 2 USB ports and 2 power connections. However if someone trips on a cable and breaks a connector, then you need to be able to repair the connector at low cost. All the internal electronic PCBs are modular, so any qualified technician can buy a replacement and easily swap the board. This includes the connector PCBs, which can be purchased separately. All the technician needs to do is remove the bottom cover and replace the PCB. A large broadcaster could even buy the boards as a spare parts kit.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible and Redundant Power\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe all in one design of ATEM Television Studio includes a built in power supply so you don’t have to carry around an external power brick. Simply plug it into any AC mains outlet and start live production. The international power supply automatically works from 100 to 240V AC, so you can use it anywhere in the world. Plus, ATEM Television Studio includes both AC and DC power connections. A broadcast standard XLR 12V DC power connection is included which is perfect for backup power or for running on batteries. That means you can use it in extremely remote locations. Plus, if the internal power supply should malfunction, then you can simply connect an external DC supply to keep running.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd Audio Expansion for More Microphones\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIf you're building a podcasting studio or you need more microphones, then the ATEM Microphone Converter allows audio input expansion. It connects to the ATEM Television Studio using the MADI port, so there's no complex setup and you can daisy chain units to add more inputs. Each converter has 4 analogue inputs that are mic\/line selectable and have phantom power. The design features amazing quality with an extremely low noise floor of -129dBV, a dynamic range of 131dB(A), low distortion of 0.002% and uniform tolerances across all channels. It even uses 8 separate ADCs on each input to collectively extend the dynamic range. Plus it has a fun HDMI monitoring output with scrolling audio waveforms.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd The Ultimate Compact Studio Camera\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen you need cameras that are perfectly designed for ATEM Television Studio then the new Blackmagic Studio Cameras are an ideal choice. Blackmagic Studio Cameras have the same features as large studio cameras, miniaturized into a single compact and portable design. Plus with digital film camera dynamic range and colour science, the cameras can handle extremely difficult lighting conditions while producing cinematic looking images. The sensor features an ISO up to 25,600 so you can create amazing images even in dimly lit venues. Advanced features include talkback, tally, camera control, built in colour corrector and Blackmagic RAW recording. You can even add focus and zoom controllers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatch Cameras with an ATEM Camera Control Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen working on live production, it’s critical all cameras are perfectly colour matched for a consistent look as you transition between different sources. ATEM Television Studio has camera control built in, however if you add a dedicated ATEM Camera Control Panel then you can adjust cameras using the same style of controls that are standard in the broadcast industry. Each camera controller includes an LCD screen with buttons and knobs for live camera adjustments, so you get a very clear indication of each camera’s parameters. The large joystick allows direct adjustment of iris and rotates to set black level. There are even red, green and blue knobs for fine control of camera colour tint.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with Blackmagic Cameras, Panels, Decks and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Television Studio is even more powerful as it can be expanded to grow with you. Blackmagic Studio Cameras are a great solution as they are a professional broadcast studio cameras with tally, talkback and camera control, all miniaturized into a small and portable design. Of course, the full URSA Broadcast G2 is a broadcast style camera that uses B4 lenses, and has optional SMPTE fiber connections. If you want to control cameras using the same style of control broadcasters use, then you can add an ATEM Camera Control Panel for control and colour balancing of up to four cameras. For mastering, Blackmagic HyperDeck Studio recorders allow you to add recording in ProRes and DNx formats.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112034532,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMTVSTC\/K4K8","price":3955.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMTVSTC_K4K8_e5bf0be7-6c0f-4593-91c9-50ed0ca6b5d4.jpg?v=1764755994"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-microphone-converter","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Microphone Converter","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eATEM Microphone Converter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eNow it’s easy to expand the MADI input on ATEM switchers so you can add multiple microphones or external audio mixers. The ATEM Microphone Converter simply plugs into the ATEM Television Studio MADI port, so there's no complex setup required and additional units can even be daisy chained for more sources. Each converter has 4 analogue inputs that are mic\/line selectable and have 48V phantom power. The design features amazing audio quality with an extremely low noise floor, a wide dynamic range and very low distortion. The design even uses 8 separate ADCs on each separate input that work together to extend dynamic range. There is also an HDMI monitoring output with scrolling audio waveforms.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh End Converter Style Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Microphone Converter features a familiar converter based design that has space for the analogue electronics required for high quality analogue to digital audio conversion (ADC). It features combined XLR\/TRS input sockets allowing both XLR or jack cables to be connected. It also includes a MADI output with the converted audio, as well as a MADI input which allows multiple ATEM Microphone Converters to be daisy chained so more than 4 channels of audio can be embedded into a single MADI connection. There is also a 12V DC power connection plus USB and Ethernet for allowing remote admin and software updates. Switches allow control of mic\/line audio input levels and to turn on phantom power.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eConnects via MADI for Multi Channel Audio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eMADI, or Multichannel Audio Digital Interface, is a multi channel audio link standardized as AES10 by the Audio Engineering Society (AES) and it defines the data format for an interface for multiple channels of digital audio. The ATEM Microphone Converter’s MADI output embeds the 4 analogue inputs as MADI channels 1, 2, 3 and 4. ATEM Microphone Converter also includes a MADI input, which is used to loop multiple converters when you need more than 4 channels of audio on a single MADI link. This means if a second converter is connected to the input of another, the upstream converter will stack its 4 channels above the 4 channels on the downstream converter.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInnovative Analogue to Digital Conversion\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEach analogue input channel has an ultra low noise, fixed gain preamplifier scaled to drive a high dynamic range audio ADC, which totally eliminates using an analogue microphone preamplifier in the design so the input does not suffer from preamp gain step clicks or \"zipper noise\". The ATEM Microphone Converter steps outside conventional audio industry design practice of using an individual audio ADC, as each input implements analogue to digital conversion using 8 high dynamic range audio ADCs that function collectively as one ultra high dynamic range audio ADC. This means each input channel’s dynamic range is an incredible 131dB(A). Plus you get incredibly low distortion of only 0.002%.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely Low -129dBV Noise Floor\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eA common problem with mic converters is the higher noise floor where electrical noise is generated in the preamplifiers. The ATEM Microphone Converter eliminates this problem by using a very different design where the input is converted directly using its ultra high dynamic range conversion so you pass RAW audio to the switcher where the switcher can then apply as much gain as required for the correct audio level. This means you don't get an injection of noise caused by an analogue gain stage, so you get an extremely low fixed noise floor of -129dBV regardless of digital gain applied. You can then apply digital gain control, which is done in minute ±0.1dB gain steps that are totally inaudible.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDigital Preamplifier Design for Stability\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith the wide dynamic range input that eliminates the need for an analogue preamplifier, microphone levels are adjusted by a digital preamplifier gain stage that is extremely stable. Different microphone types and brands can vary widely in analogue audio levels, so this digital gain stage allows compensation for the specific brand of microphone you use. Best of all, the digital preamplifier is processed in the full internal 32 bit RAW audio bit depth, so you're adjusting with much greater precision than the MADI audio standard can support. This results in an extremely clean and noise free gain stage. Then the final levels can be finessed on the ATEM audio mixer as you work.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures Precisely Matched Analog Inputs\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe innovative design of the ATEM Microphone Converter also has other benefits, such as extremely precise matching between input audio channels. The multi ADC per input design technique means that each analogue audio input has very similar specifications and tolerances so all input channels are statistically more uniform. Plus the unique 8 ADC input design will maintain a stable and consistent flat noise floor that won't experience the negative effects of noise floor level modulation that traditional staggered ADC designs suffer from. This means you get similar performance no matter what input you connect the microphone to, and even between multiple ATEM Microphone Converters.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes HDMI Monitoring with Scrolling Audio Waveforms\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Microphone Converter also includes an HDMI video monitoring output so you can connect a simple TV or computer monitor for a full status display! It includes 4 scrolling waveforms over the last 60 seconds of time, which is both informative and fun to watch! There are also audio meters to show the level at the input connector. Each channel also includes a custom label set via the software utility. There are also indicators to show the switch settings for mic\/line input selection and phantom power. Plus if you daisy chain converters the monitoring output will adapt and display more than 4 channels. You can even set a converter name that will be displayed on the monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112067300,"sku":"BMD-SWATEMTVSTDMC","price":262.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWATEMTVSTDMC_779480e6-3896-4de6-a777-b78614aebb01.jpg?v=1764755998"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-2-me-advanced-panel-20","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 2 M\/E Advanced Panel 20","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eFor the ultimate in professional control you can add an optional ATEM Advanced Panel. Although you can use ATEM Constellation with the software control panel, using an ATEM Advanced Panel is so much faster. ATEM Advanced Panels open up the power of your ATEM Constellation because they give you an enormous amount of control, allowing you to setup more complex effects. It's also a nicer way to work because you have physical broadcast quality buttons, knobs and a t‑bar fader so you can access all features in the switcher, all at the same time. Imagine using the 4 M\/E model to access all M\/Es simultaneously, with an input button for every single SDI source on the ATEM Constellation switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelect Sources - Switch Cameras to Air Instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation has been designed to give you the most advanced live switching workflow. Internally, ATEM Constellation has separate program and preview buses that you can use to quickly and accurately switch sources. ATEM Constellation lets you see your preview bus selection by using an aux output or on the multi view. Then all you need to do is make selections on the preview bus of the ATEM Advanced Panel, which will appear on your preview screen, allowing you to see your source before it goes on air. Then you can bring the source online by pressing cut or auto. You can also switch sources on the program bus if you need them to go live immediately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransition Control - Select and Customize Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eGet total control over your transitions with a dedicated hardware button for each transition type. When selecting transition types, a system control LCD screen will display the options for that transition, so you can change its parameters without navigating through complex menus. It's all instantly available. That gives you multiple ways to switch. Simply select a new source on the preview bus, then press CUT for a cut transition, or AUTO to use the selected transitions such as mix, dip, wipe or DVE. You can even cut directly on the program bus. With ATEM Advanced Panels you get all the controls you need to access all transition types fast.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransition Styles - Mix, Dip, Wipe, DVE and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM switchers give you a huge range of transition styles. Mix transition will smoothly blend between sources just like an NLE cross dissolve. Standard SMPTE wipes are included and wipes can have edge softening for smooth dreamy transitions that are more exciting than simple cross dissolves. Dip transitions create a dip to colour effect, however because you can dip to any video source, you could create really innovative effects. DVE transitions use the DVE to create crazy moves where the whole foreground image moves. Plus you can combine the DVE and a still image from the media pool to create graphic wipes. The t-bar fader even lets you manually position the transition for total control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe Transitions - Transform Wipes into Exciting Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003ePower up your wipe transitions by accessing parameters to transform them into exciting effects. While you can select the wipe pattern directly on the LCD, you can also add lots of customization to suit your production style. You can adjust parameters such as symmetry and softness, but there are also adjustments for coloured borders with variable width and softness, as well as the position of the centre of the wipe. You can even use the dedicated joystick to set precise wipe pattern positioning.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDVE Transitions - Amazing Digital Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Advanced Panels are perfect for positioning the DVE for custom picture in picture effects because they include a joystick. The joystick allows the position to be set precisely and rotating the knob will change DVE size. You can also use the soft knobs and menus on the LCD to adjust the DVE position, size and other DVE features such as lighting and drop shadow effects. The DVE can be setup to fly graphics into frame or select any of the pre programmed push and squeeze transitions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeyer Control - Get Perfect Green Screen Keying\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe system control knobs are ideal when doing chroma keying because you can finely adjust each parameter for clean key edges and seamless multi layer compositing effects. Unlike software control where you need to look at the user interface, the ATEM Advanced Panels have control knobs that you can hold while adjusting key parameters and looking at the video output live to ensure the key is seamless. Only fine adjustment of key settings live while watching the video, ensures your key is perfect.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFader Bar - Manually Blend Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAmazing live performances often require transitions that need to be controlled manually. The ergonomically designed t‑bar control lets you ride transitions perfectly as part of the live performance. Sometimes the emotion of a live event means you need to feel a transition to get it perfectly in sync with the camera operators and talent. Like a conductor, your ATEM Constellation is part of the performance and drives the mood as the production unfolds.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto Transition - Perfect and Predictable Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eJust below the panel fader bar is the auto transition button. Selecting auto will instantly perform the transition type you have set. This ensures you can accurately select your source and transition type before triggering the action, so you always know what is going to happen and there's much less chance of mistakes going to air. Auto transitions can be programmed for durations from 1 to 250 frames and the benefit is each transition is consistent through your program.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreview Transition - Simulate New Effects While on Air\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlike the simpler front panel on ATEM Constellation, the hardware panel includes a very useful preview transition button that lets you simulate a transition or effect before you use it. The PREV TRANS button helps you avoid on air mistakes when preparing live transitions by displaying the result on your preview video output or on the multiview screen on the ATEM Constellation. Preview transition is the only way to accurately setup complicated transitions and multi layered key effects.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFade to Black - Finish Your Program with Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in fade to black button controls the entire output of the switcher. Selecting fade to black (FTB) will smoothly fade your program output to black at a preset transition rate. Because FTB is at the end of all processing, it ensures all video layers fade out together. You can even select to fade out audio when FTB is triggered. That's useful for the start and end of your production or for fading out to commercial breaks. FTB also includes button guards to stop accidental triggering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoystick - Get Precise DVE Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eMove elements around the screen using the Joystick. With full 3 Axis control you can adjust X, Y and Z positions of wipe patterns and position the ATEM Constellation DVEs. The joystick control with the DVE is ideal to position live video over video. Scale the size, position up down or left and right for the perfect picture in picture effect. You can also use the joystick to move the DVE and enter start and end keyframe screen positions for your own customized animated DVE moves.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Control - Change Switcher Settings from the Menus\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou get full control right from the panel using the system control LCDs. Each system control LCD has a direct access keypad with a button for each function, and LCD and soft knobs and buttons. Simply push a keypad button to see the parameters displayed in the large LCD so you can use the soft buttons and knobs to change each setting. It’s incredibly easy and very fast. There are hundreds of switcher parameters available for keyers, transition selection, DVE, colour generators as well as switcher video standard, multiview setup and even input button remapping. You can even save and recall 10 individual panel set ups and store them in the panel. Plus the 2 M\/E model as 2 totally independent system control menus, while the 4 M\/E model has a massive 4 independent system control LCDs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChange Video Outputs with a Single Button Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAs well as the input buttons, each M\/E row has a dedicated \"select bus\" for routing video into processing and selecting sources to the aux outputs. With so many aux outputs, you can select any source into any output, just like an SDI router. Conveniently located above the ME row buttons, the select bus lets change sources with a single button press so it's very fast to use. There are even labels to show you what source is on each button. The select bus also lets you directly select inputs for other internal processing such as the keyers and DVE. Only the select bus lets you route signals internally and via the aux outputs instantly.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedia Players - Manage Built in Graphics and Titles\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou can select stills from the media pool in the panel LCD menus and simply pressing the media button lets you access the media player and change which image in the media pool is sent to the media player as a video source. You can select any loaded still by scrolling through the list of media pool images, which are listed showing the original file name of each image. This means you can quickly change stills and titles right from the same panel you are working on, eliminating the need to change control panels just to change a title.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful Custom Macros - Trigger Macros at the Touch of a Button\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAnother benefit of the ATEM Advanced Panel is the built in macros, where you can very easily record your own custom macros and trigger them to playback with the push of a button. This means that you don’t need to use a computer to work with macros because you can trigger them from the same hardware panel you are switching from. If you edit or modify a macro the change will appear on all the connected hardware or software control panels because the macros are stored inside the ATEM Constellation itself. You can set up different macros to trigger under each macro button and the thin strip LCD under the buttons will show you which button as which macro you have assigned.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable Control Options - Control Your ATEM Switcher from Anywhere in the World\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eBecause ATEM Constellation includes a standard Ethernet connection, you can use this connection to control it remotely from long distances away. The ATEM Advanced Panel, the ATEM Camera Control panel and the ATEM Software Control for Mac and Windows all use an Ethernet connection to the ATEM Constellation, so you can setup any combination of panels you need, for the freedom to decide your ideal control setup. What this means is you can have multiple control panels all working together in parallel and at the same time. Then all these panels can be located anywhere so you could control your ATEM Constellation from the other side of the world.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112132836,"sku":"BMD-SWPANAD2ME20","price":4206.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWPANAD2ME20_ac02ffe5-b56e-4eaa-aeaf-605798039fad.jpg?v=1764755998"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-2-me-advanced-panel-40","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 2 M\/E Advanced Panel 40","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eFor the ultimate in professional control you can add an optional ATEM Advanced Panel. Although you can use ATEM Constellation with the software control panel, using an ATEM Advanced Panel is so much faster. ATEM Advanced Panels open up the power of your ATEM Constellation because they give you an enormous amount of control, allowing you to setup more complex effects. It's also a nicer way to work because you have physical broadcast quality buttons, knobs and a t‑bar fader so you can access all features in the switcher, all at the same time. Imagine using the 4 M\/E model to access all M\/Es simultaneously, with an input button for every single SDI source on the ATEM Constellation switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelect Sources - Switch Cameras to Air Instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation has been designed to give you the most advanced live switching workflow. Internally, ATEM Constellation has separate program and preview buses that you can use to quickly and accurately switch sources. ATEM Constellation lets you see your preview bus selection by using an aux output or on the multi view. Then all you need to do is make selections on the preview bus of the ATEM Advanced Panel, which will appear on your preview screen, allowing you to see your source before it goes on air. Then you can bring the source online by pressing cut or auto. You can also switch sources on the program bus if you need them to go live immediately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransition Control - Select and Customize Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eGet total control over your transitions with a dedicated hardware button for each transition type. When selecting transition types, a system control LCD screen will display the options for that transition, so you can change its parameters without navigating through complex menus. It's all instantly available. That gives you multiple ways to switch. Simply select a new source on the preview bus, then press CUT for a cut transition, or AUTO to use the selected transitions such as mix, dip, wipe or DVE. You can even cut directly on the program bus. With ATEM Advanced Panels you get all the controls you need to access all transition types fast.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransition Styles - Mix, Dip, Wipe, DVE and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM switchers give you a huge range of transition styles. Mix transition will smoothly blend between sources just like an NLE cross dissolve. Standard SMPTE wipes are included and wipes can have edge softening for smooth dreamy transitions that are more exciting than simple cross dissolves. Dip transitions create a dip to colour effect, however because you can dip to any video source, you could create really innovative effects. DVE transitions use the DVE to create crazy moves where the whole foreground image moves. Plus you can combine the DVE and a still image from the media pool to create graphic wipes. The t-bar fader even lets you manually position the transition for total control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe Transitions - Transform Wipes into Exciting Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003ePower up your wipe transitions by accessing parameters to transform them into exciting effects. While you can select the wipe pattern directly on the LCD, you can also add lots of customization to suit your production style. You can adjust parameters such as symmetry and softness, but there are also adjustments for coloured borders with variable width and softness, as well as the position of the centre of the wipe. You can even use the dedicated joystick to set precise wipe pattern positioning.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDVE Transitions - Amazing Digital Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Advanced Panels are perfect for positioning the DVE for custom picture in picture effects because they include a joystick. The joystick allows the position to be set precisely and rotating the knob will change DVE size. You can also use the soft knobs and menus on the LCD to adjust the DVE position, size and other DVE features such as lighting and drop shadow effects. The DVE can be setup to fly graphics into frame or select any of the pre programmed push and squeeze transitions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeyer Control - Get Perfect Green Screen Keying\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe system control knobs are ideal when doing chroma keying because you can finely adjust each parameter for clean key edges and seamless multi layer compositing effects. Unlike software control where you need to look at the user interface, the ATEM Advanced Panels have control knobs that you can hold while adjusting key parameters and looking at the video output live to ensure the key is seamless. Only fine adjustment of key settings live while watching the video, ensures your key is perfect.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFader Bar - Manually Blend Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAmazing live performances often require transitions that need to be controlled manually. The ergonomically designed t‑bar control lets you ride transitions perfectly as part of the live performance. Sometimes the emotion of a live event means you need to feel a transition to get it perfectly in sync with the camera operators and talent. Like a conductor, your ATEM Constellation is part of the performance and drives the mood as the production unfolds.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto Transition - Perfect and Predictable Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eJust below the panel fader bar is the auto transition button. Selecting auto will instantly perform the transition type you have set. This ensures you can accurately select your source and transition type before triggering the action, so you always know what is going to happen and there's much less chance of mistakes going to air. Auto transitions can be programmed for durations from 1 to 250 frames and the benefit is each transition is consistent through your program.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreview Transition - Simulate New Effects While on Air\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlike the simpler front panel on ATEM Constellation, the hardware panel includes a very useful preview transition button that lets you simulate a transition or effect before you use it. The PREV TRANS button helps you avoid on air mistakes when preparing live transitions by displaying the result on your preview video output or on the multiview screen on the ATEM Constellation. Preview transition is the only way to accurately setup complicated transitions and multi layered key effects.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFade to Black - Finish Your Program with Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in fade to black button controls the entire output of the switcher. Selecting fade to black (FTB) will smoothly fade your program output to black at a preset transition rate. Because FTB is at the end of all processing, it ensures all video layers fade out together. You can even select to fade out audio when FTB is triggered. That's useful for the start and end of your production or for fading out to commercial breaks. FTB also includes button guards to stop accidental triggering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoystick - Get Precise DVE Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eMove elements around the screen using the Joystick. With full 3 Axis control you can adjust X, Y and Z positions of wipe patterns and position the ATEM Constellation DVEs. The joystick control with the DVE is ideal to position live video over video. Scale the size, position up down or left and right for the perfect picture in picture effect. You can also use the joystick to move the DVE and enter start and end keyframe screen positions for your own customized animated DVE moves.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Control - Change Switcher Settings from the Menus\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou get full control right from the panel using the system control LCDs. Each system control LCD has a direct access keypad with a button for each function, and LCD and soft knobs and buttons. Simply push a keypad button to see the parameters displayed in the large LCD so you can use the soft buttons and knobs to change each setting. It’s incredibly easy and very fast. There are hundreds of switcher parameters available for keyers, transition selection, DVE, colour generators as well as switcher video standard, multiview setup and even input button remapping. You can even save and recall 10 individual panel set ups and store them in the panel. Plus the 2 M\/E model as 2 totally independent system control menus, while the 4 M\/E model has a massive 4 independent system control LCDs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChange Video Outputs with a Single Button Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAs well as the input buttons, each M\/E row has a dedicated \"select bus\" for routing video into processing and selecting sources to the aux outputs. With so many aux outputs, you can select any source into any output, just like an SDI router. Conveniently located above the ME row buttons, the select bus lets change sources with a single button press so it's very fast to use. There are even labels to show you what source is on each button. The select bus also lets you directly select inputs for other internal processing such as the keyers and DVE. Only the select bus lets you route signals internally and via the aux outputs instantly.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedia Players - Manage Built In Graphics and Titles\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou can select stills from the media pool in the panel LCD menus and simply pressing the media button lets you access the media player and change which image in the media pool is sent to the media player as a video source. You can select any loaded still by scrolling through the list of media pool images, which are listed showing the original file name of each image. This means you can quickly change stills and titles right from the same panel you are working on, eliminating the need to change control panels just to change a title.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful Custom Macros - Trigger Macros at the Touch of a Button\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAnother benefit of the ATEM Advanced Panel is the built in macros, where you can very easily record your own custom macros and trigger them to playback with the push of a button. This means that you don’t need to use a computer to work with macros because you can trigger them from the same hardware panel you are switching from. If you edit or modify a macro the change will appear on all the connected hardware or software control panels because the macros are stored inside the ATEM Constellation itself. You can set up different macros to trigger under each macro button and the thin strip LCD under the buttons will show you which button as which macro you have assigned.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable Control Options - Control Your ATEM Switcher from Anywhere in the World\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eBecause ATEM Constellation includes a standard Ethernet connection, you can use this connection to control it remotely from long distances away. The ATEM Advanced Panel, the ATEM Camera Control panel and the ATEM Software Control for Mac and Windows all use an Ethernet connection to the ATEM Constellation, so you can setup any combination of panels you need, for the freedom to decide your ideal control setup. What this means is you can have multiple control panels all working together in parallel and at the same time. Then all these panels can be located anywhere so you could control your ATEM Constellation from the other side of the world.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112165604,"sku":"BMD-SWPANAD2ME40","price":6852.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWPANAD2ME40_7fae65e9-94ae-4bbe-9aa7-3e4fa9e2db00.jpg?v=1764755999"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-1-me-advanced-panel","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 1 ME Advanced Panel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe new ATEM 1 M\/E Advanced Panel is an elegantly designed professional hardware control panel for all ATEM switchers. It combines modern design with the latest broadcast technology for faster workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe new design features a built in LCD and high quality curved buttons that help reduce incorrect key presses. The buttons also have colour backlighting to help you quickly recognize important keys. You also get a professional joystick for DVE and camera adjustments, smooth weighted t-bar fader and much more. The buttons feature dynamic displays that allow full customization of the labels as well as custom colours. The shift buttons allow you to double up the number of inputs by selecting a second set of shifted source buttons so you can control up to 20 inputs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe compact size and durable design of the ATEM 1 M\/E Advanced Panel fits in a standard equipment rack, making it perfect for shelf mounting in broadcast trucks, mobile racks and fly away kits.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112198372,"sku":"BMD-SWPANELADV1ME","price":2077.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWPANELADV1ME_877871c2-128d-472d-93dc-e37d1999f8dc.jpg?v=1764756002"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-1-me-advanced-panel-20","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 1 M\/E Advanced Panel 20","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eFor the ultimate in professional control you can add an optional ATEM Advanced Panel. Although you can use ATEM Constellation with the software control panel, using an ATEM Advanced Panel is so much faster. ATEM Advanced Panels open up the power of your ATEM Constellation because they give you an enormous amount of control, allowing you to setup more complex effects. It's also a nicer way to work because you have physical broadcast quality buttons, knobs and a t‑bar fader so you can access all features in the switcher, all at the same time. Imagine using the 4 M\/E model to access all M\/Es simultaneously, with an input button for every single SDI source on the ATEM Constellation switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect Sources | Switch Cameras to Air Instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation has been designed to give you the most advanced live switching workflow. Internally, ATEM Constellation has separate program and preview buses that you can use to quickly and accurately switch sources. ATEM Constellation lets you see your preview bus selection by using an aux output or on the multi view. Then all you need to do is make selections on the preview bus of the ATEM Advanced Panel, which will appear on your preview screen, allowing you to see your source before it goes on air. Then you can bring the source online by pressing cut or auto. You can also switch sources on the program bus if you need them to go live immediately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransition Control | Select and Customize Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eGet total control over your transitions with a dedicated hardware button for each transition type. When selecting transition types, a system control LCD screen will display the options for that transition, so you can change its parameters without navigating through complex menus. It's all instantly available. That gives you multiple ways to switch. Simply select a new source on the preview bus, then press CUT for a cut transition, or AUTO to use the selected transitions such as mix, dip, wipe or DVE. You can even cut directly on the program bus. With ATEM Advanced Panels you get all the controls you need to access all transition types fast.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransition Styles | Mix, Dip, Wipe, DVE and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM switchers give you a huge range of transition styles. Mix transition will smoothly blend between sources just like an NLE cross dissolve. Standard SMPTE wipes are included and wipes can have edge softening for smooth dreamy transitions that are more exciting than simple cross dissolves. Dip transitions create a dip to colour effect, however because you can dip to any video source, you could create really innovative effects. DVE transitions use the DVE to create crazy moves where the whole foreground image moves. Plus you can combine the DVE and a still image from the media pool to create graphic wipes. The t-bar fader even lets you manually position the transition for total control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe Transitions | Transform Wipes Into Exciting Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003ePower up your wipe transitions by accessing parameters to transform them into exciting effects. While you can select the wipe pattern directly on the LCD, you can also add lots of customization to suit your production style. You can adjust parameters such as symmetry and softness, but there are also adjustments for coloured borders with variable width and softness, as well as the position of the centre of the wipe. You can even use the dedicated joystick to set precise wipe pattern positioning.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDVE Transitions | Amazing Digital Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Advanced Panels are perfect for positioning the DVE for custom picture in picture effects because they include a joystick. The joystick allows the position to be set precisely and rotating the knob will change DVE size. You can also use the soft knobs and menus on the LCD to adjust the DVE position, size and other DVE features such as lighting and drop shadow effects. The DVE can be setup to fly graphics into frame or select any of the pre programmed push and squeeze transitions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeyer Control | Get Perfect Green Screen Keying\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe system control knobs are ideal when doing chroma keying because you can finely adjust each parameter for clean key edges and seamless multi layer compositing effects. Unlike software control where you need to look at the user interface, the ATEM Advanced Panels have control knobs that you can hold while adjusting key parameters and looking at the video output live to ensure the key is seamless. Only fine adjustment of key settings live while watching the video, ensures your key is perfect.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFader Bar | Manually Blend Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAmazing live performances often require transitions that need to be controlled manually. The ergonomically designed t‑bar control lets you ride transitions perfectly as part of the live performance. Sometimes the emotion of a live event means you need to feel a transition to get it perfectly in sync with the camera operators and talent. Like a conductor, your ATEM Constellation is part of the performance and drives the mood as the production unfolds.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto Transition | Perfect and Predictable Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eJust below the panel fader bar is the auto transition button. Selecting auto will instantly perform the transition type you have set. This ensures you can accurately select your source and transition type before triggering the action, so you always know what is going to happen and there's much less chance of mistakes going to air. Auto transitions can be programmed for durations from 1 to 250 frames and the benefit is each transition is consistent through your program.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreview Transition | Simulate New Effects While on Air\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlike the simpler front panel on ATEM Constellation, the hardware panel includes a very useful preview transition button that lets you simulate a transition or effect before you use it. The PREV TRANS button helps you avoid on air mistakes when preparing live transitions by displaying the result on your preview video output or on the multiview screen on the ATEM Constellation. Preview transition is the only way to accurately setup complicated transitions and multi layered key effects.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFade to Black | Finish Your Program With Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in fade to black button controls the entire output of the switcher. Selecting fade to black (FTB) will smoothly fade your program output to black at a preset transition rate. Because FTB is at the end of all processing, it ensures all video layers fade out together. You can even select to fade out audio when FTB is triggered. That's useful for the start and end of your production or for fading out to commercial breaks. FTB also includes button guards to stop accidental triggering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoystick | Get Precise DVE Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eMove elements around the screen using the Joystick. With full 3 Axis control you can adjust X, Y and Z positions of wipe patterns and position the ATEM Constellation DVEs. The joystick control with the DVE is ideal to position live video over video. Scale the size, position up down or left and right for the perfect picture in picture effect. You can also use the joystick to move the DVE and enter start and end keyframe screen positions for your own customized animated DVE moves.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Control | Change Switcher Settings from the Menus\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou get full control right from the panel using the system control LCDs. Each system control LCD has a direct access keypad with a button for each function, and LCD and soft knobs and buttons. Simply push a keypad button to see the parameters displayed in the large LCD so you can use the soft buttons and knobs to change each setting. It’s incredibly easy and very fast. There are hundreds of switcher parameters available for keyers, transition selection, DVE, colour generators as well as switcher video standard, multiview setup and even input button remapping. You can even save and recall 10 individual panel set ups and store them in the panel. Plus the 2 M\/E model as 2 totally independent system control menus, while the 4 M\/E model has a massive 4 independent system control LCDs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChange Video Outputs with a Single Button Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAs well as the input buttons, each M\/E row has a dedicated \"select bus\" for routing video into processing and selecting sources to the aux outputs. With so many aux outputs, you can select any source into any output, just like an SDI router. Conveniently located above the ME row buttons, the select bus lets change sources with a single button press so it's very fast to use. There are even labels to show you what source is on each button. The select bus also lets you directly select inputs for other internal processing such as the keyers and DVE. Only the select bus lets you route signals internally and via the aux outputs instantly.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedia Player | Manage Built-In Graphics and Titles\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou can select stills from the media pool in the panel LCD menus and simply pressing the media button lets you access the media player and change which image in the media pool is sent to the media player as a video source. You can select any loaded still by scrolling through the list of media pool images, which are listed showing the original file name of each image. This means you can quickly change stills and titles right from the same panel you are working on, eliminating the need to change control panels just to change a title.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful Custom Macros | Trigger Macros at the Touch of a Button\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAnother benefit of the ATEM Advanced Panel is the built in macros, where you can very easily record your own custom macros and trigger them to playback with the push of a button. This means that you don’t need to use a computer to work with macros because you can trigger them from the same hardware panel you are switching from. If you edit or modify a macro the change will appear on all the connected hardware or software control panels because the macros are stored inside the ATEM Constellation itself. You can set up different macros to trigger under each macro button and the thin strip LCD under the buttons will show you which button as which macro you have assigned.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable Control Options | Control Your ATEM Switcher from Anywhere in the World\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eBecause ATEM Constellation includes a standard Ethernet connection, you can use this connection to control it remotely from long distances away. The ATEM Advanced Panel, the ATEM Camera Control panel and the ATEM Software Control for Mac and Windows all use an Ethernet connection to the ATEM Constellation, so you can setup any combination of panels you need, for the freedom to decide your ideal control setup. What this means is you can have multiple control panels all working together in parallel and at the same time. Then all these panels can be located anywhere so you could control your ATEM Constellation from the other side of the world.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoftware - \u003c\/strong\u003eSoftware control lets you control your ATEM locally or using the internet for control from anywhere in the world.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternet\u003c\/strong\u003e - Connect any combination of hardware and software switcher control simultaneously for multi user workflow.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree SDK - \u003c\/strong\u003eCustom develop your own control solutions by using our software developer kit included free with every ATEM switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112231140,"sku":"BMD-SWPANELADV1ME20","price":2632.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWPANELADV1ME20_28a9f904-495e-453c-b5d9-0755156e26a1.jpg?v=1764756005"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-1-me-advanced-panel-30","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM 1 M\/E Advanced Panel 30","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eFor the ultimate in professional control you can add an optional ATEM Advanced Panel. Although you can use ATEM Constellation with the software control panel, using an ATEM Advanced Panel is so much faster. ATEM Advanced Panels open up the power of your ATEM Constellation because they give you an enormous amount of control, allowing you to setup more complex effects. It's also a nicer way to work because you have physical broadcast quality buttons, knobs and a t‑bar fader so you can access all features in the switcher, all at the same time. Imagine using the 4 M\/E model to access all M\/Es simultaneously, with an input button for every single SDI source on the ATEM Constellation switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSelect Sources | Switch Cameras to Air Instantly\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Constellation has been designed to give you the most advanced live switching workflow. Internally, ATEM Constellation has separate program and preview buses that you can use to quickly and accurately switch sources. ATEM Constellation lets you see your preview bus selection by using an aux output or on the multi view. Then all you need to do is make selections on the preview bus of the ATEM Advanced Panel, which will appear on your preview screen, allowing you to see your source before it goes on air. Then you can bring the source online by pressing cut or auto. You can also switch sources on the program bus if you need them to go live immediately.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransition Control | Select and Customize Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eGet total control over your transitions with a dedicated hardware button for each transition type. When selecting transition types, a system control LCD screen will display the options for that transition, so you can change its parameters without navigating through complex menus. It's all instantly available. That gives you multiple ways to switch. Simply select a new source on the preview bus, then press CUT for a cut transition, or AUTO to use the selected transitions such as mix, dip, wipe or DVE. You can even cut directly on the program bus. With ATEM Advanced Panels you get all the controls you need to access all transition types fast.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransition Styles | Mix, Dip, Wipe, DVE and More\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM switchers give you a huge range of transition styles. Mix transition will smoothly blend between sources just like an NLE cross dissolve. Standard SMPTE wipes are included and wipes can have edge softening for smooth dreamy transitions that are more exciting than simple cross dissolves. Dip transitions create a dip to colour effect, however because you can dip to any video source, you could create really innovative effects. DVE transitions use the DVE to create crazy moves where the whole foreground image moves. Plus you can combine the DVE and a still image from the media pool to create graphic wipes. The t-bar fader even lets you manually position the transition for total control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eWipe Transitions | Transform Wipes into Exciting Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003ePower up your wipe transitions by accessing parameters to transform them into exciting effects. While you can select the wipe pattern directly on the LCD, you can also add lots of customization to suit your production style. You can adjust parameters such as symmetry and softness, but there are also adjustments for coloured borders with variable width and softness, as well as the position of the centre of the wipe. You can even use the dedicated joystick to set precise wipe pattern positioning.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDVE Transitions | Amazing Digital Video Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Advanced Panels are perfect for positioning the DVE for custom picture in picture effects because they include a joystick. The joystick allows the position to be set precisely and rotating the knob will change DVE size. You can also use the soft knobs and menus on the LCD to adjust the DVE position, size and other DVE features such as lighting and drop shadow effects. The DVE can be setup to fly graphics into frame or select any of the pre programmed push and squeeze transitions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eKeyer Control | Get Perfect Green Screen Keying\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe system control knobs are ideal when doing chroma keying because you can finely adjust each parameter for clean key edges and seamless multi layer compositing effects. Unlike software control where you need to look at the user interface, the ATEM Advanced Panels have control knobs that you can hold while adjusting key parameters and looking at the video output live to ensure the key is seamless. Only fine adjustment of key settings live while watching the video, ensures your key is perfect.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFader Bar | Manually Blend Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAmazing live performances often require transitions that need to be controlled manually. The ergonomically designed t‑bar control lets you ride transitions perfectly as part of the live performance. Sometimes the emotion of a live event means you need to feel a transition to get it perfectly in sync with the camera operators and talent. Like a conductor, your ATEM Constellation is part of the performance and drives the mood as the production unfolds.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAuto Transition | Perfect and Predictable Transitions\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eJust below the panel fader bar is the auto transition button. Selecting auto will instantly perform the transition type you have set. This ensures you can accurately select your source and transition type before triggering the action, so you always know what is going to happen and there's much less chance of mistakes going to air. Auto transitions can be programmed for durations from 1 to 250 frames and the benefit is each transition is consistent through your program.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreview Transition | Simulate New Effects While on Air\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlike the simpler front panel on ATEM Constellation, the hardware panel includes a very useful preview transition button that lets you simulate a transition or effect before you use it. The PREV TRANS button helps you avoid on air mistakes when preparing live transitions by displaying the result on your preview video output or on the multiview screen on the ATEM Constellation. Preview transition is the only way to accurately setup complicated transitions and multi layered key effects.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFade to Black | Finish Your Program With Style\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built in fade to black button controls the entire output of the switcher. Selecting fade to black (FTB) will smoothly fade your program output to black at a preset transition rate. Because FTB is at the end of all processing, it ensures all video layers fade out together. You can even select to fade out audio when FTB is triggered. That's useful for the start and end of your production or for fading out to commercial breaks. FTB also includes button guards to stop accidental triggering.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eJoystick | Get Precise DVE Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eMove elements around the screen using the Joystick. With full 3 Axis control you can adjust X, Y and Z positions of wipe patterns and position the ATEM Constellation DVEs. The joystick control with the DVE is ideal to position live video over video. Scale the size, position up down or left and right for the perfect picture in picture effect. You can also use the joystick to move the DVE and enter start and end keyframe screen positions for your own customized animated DVE moves.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem Control | Change Switcher Settings From the Menus\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou get full control right from the panel using the system control LCDs. Each system control LCD has a direct access keypad with a button for each function, and LCD and soft knobs and buttons. Simply push a keypad button to see the parameters displayed in the large LCD so you can use the soft buttons and knobs to change each setting. It’s incredibly easy and very fast. There are hundreds of switcher parameters available for keyers, transition selection, DVE, colour generators as well as switcher video standard, multiview setup and even input button remapping. You can even save and recall 10 individual panel set ups and store them in the panel. Plus the 2 M\/E model as 2 totally independent system control menus, while the 4 M\/E model has a massive 4 independent system control LCDs.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eChange Video Outputs With a Single Button Press\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAs well as the input buttons, each M\/E row has a dedicated \"select bus\" for routing video into processing and selecting sources to the aux outputs. With so many aux outputs, you can select any source into any output, just like an SDI router. Conveniently located above the ME row buttons, the select bus lets change sources with a single button press so it's very fast to use. There are even labels to show you what source is on each button. The select bus also lets you directly select inputs for other internal processing such as the keyers and DVE. Only the select bus lets you route signals internally and via the aux outputs instantly.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMedia Player | Manage Built-In Graphics and Titles\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou can select stills from the media pool in the panel LCD menus and simply pressing the media button lets you access the media player and change which image in the media pool is sent to the media player as a video source. You can select any loaded still by scrolling through the list of media pool images, which are listed showing the original file name of each image. This means you can quickly change stills and titles right from the same panel you are working on, eliminating the need to change control panels just to change a title.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful Custom Macros | Trigger Macros at the Touch of a Button\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAnother benefit of the ATEM Advanced Panel is the built in macros, where you can very easily record your own custom macros and trigger them to playback with the push of a button. This means that you don’t need to use a computer to work with macros because you can trigger them from the same hardware panel you are switching from. If you edit or modify a macro the change will appear on all the connected hardware or software control panels because the macros are stored inside the ATEM Constellation itself. You can set up different macros to trigger under each macro button and the thin strip LCD under the buttons will show you which button as which macro you have assigned.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomizable Control Options | Control Your ATEM Switcher from Anywhere in the World\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eBecause ATEM Constellation includes a standard Ethernet connection, you can use this connection to control it remotely from long distances away. The ATEM Advanced Panel, the ATEM Camera Control panel and the ATEM Software Control for Mac and Windows all use an Ethernet connection to the ATEM Constellation, so you can setup any combination of panels you need, for the freedom to decide your ideal control setup. What this means is you can have multiple control panels all working together in parallel and at the same time. Then all these panels can be located anywhere so you could control your ATEM Constellation from the other side of the world.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoftware - \u003c\/strong\u003eSoftware control lets you control your ATEM locally or using the internet for control from anywhere in the world.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInternet\u003c\/strong\u003e - Connect any combination of hardware and software switcher control simultaneously for multi user workflow.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFree SDK\u003c\/strong\u003e - Custom develop your own control solutions by using our software developer kit included free with every ATEM switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112263908,"sku":"BMD-SWPANELADV1ME30","price":3821.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWPANELADV1ME30_c20a7f4d-7bc3-4cb5-804d-88b7a8e0e5b3.jpg?v=1764756005"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-micro-camera-panel","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Micro Camera Panel","description":"\u003cp\u003eATEM Camera Control Panels are professionally built broadcast camera control units that extends the software features in ATEM Software Control to add high quality physical buttons and controls that are much faster to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eATEM Constellation supports camera control when used with the Blackmagic Studio Cameras, URSA Mini Pro and URSA Broadcast cameras for full remote camera control. The control panel lets a single person monitor and adjust a wide range of camera parameters such as black levels, gain, color balance, shutter speed and more. This leaves your camera operators free to focus on more important tasks such as framing and shot composition. Plus it works with all ATEM switcher models!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with Blackmagic Studio, URSA Mini and Broadcast Cameras\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Constellation works with the latest Blackmagic SDI cameras that have studio camera features that you can remotely control! This means you get remote camera control, tally indicators and a DaVinci color corrector built in. All control is via the switcher aux output connection to the camera PGM SDI input, allowing you to broadcast control commands from the switcher to the camera with a single SDI cable! That means you can remotely control settings in the camera plus focus, iris and zoom on supported lenses. Pocket Cinema Cameras include a DaVinci primary color corrector so you get more than simple CCU controls as you can also do a full color grade in the camera for a cinematic look!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eControl Blackmagic Pocket Cinema Cameras\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nOne person can control upto 8 cameras at the same time!\u003cbr\u003e\n\nWhen working on live production, it’s important all of the cameras are matched with proper color balance so that you get a consistent look as you cut and transition between the different cameras. The ATEM Camera Control Panel features 4 individual camera controllers while ATEM Micro Camera Panel allows you to choose between up to 8 cameras in one panel. When used with a larger number of cameras, it's very quick to change which camera you control on each CCU channel. On ATEM Camera Control Panel, each camera controller includes an LCD screen with soft buttons and knobs. Both panels feature a full set of traditional CCU controls, so you always get a clear indication of the camera state.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScene and Camera Controls\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe top section on each camera control has settings for changing camera settings, plus it lets you save and recall scene presets. Getting remote access to important camera settings is vital when you are working in conditions where the light can change during your job such as daylight, and with these settings you can quickly adjust cameras based on changes in the scene. Controls in this section include master gain, ND filters, white balance, shutter speed and more!\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp id=\"T1NVSFB\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGain and Pedestal Controls\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe center section features independent RGB controls for adjusting the camera color for the white and black parts of the image. Because the Blackmagic cameras with studio features have a full DaVinci Resolve primary color corrector built in, you have amazing control over the color in the camera. These red, green and blue controls for adjusting blacks and whites mean you can accurately match multiple cameras, which is vital for cutting seamlessly without color shifts. One trick experienced camera control operators use is to only adjust the red and blue channels, so you can add and remove red and blue tint without getting to far away from accurate color!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112296676,"sku":"BMD-SWPANELCCU1","price":402.23,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWPANELCCU1.jpg?v=1764756005"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-camera-control-panel","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Camera Control Panel","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Camera Control Panel is a compact remote camera control unit designed to control up to four different URSA Broadcast, URSA Mini, Blackmagic Studio or Blackmagic Micro Studio cameras. The control panel features traditional broadcast style controls and adjustments so a single person can monitor and adjust a wide range of technical parameters such as black levels, gain, colour balance, shutter speed and more. This leaves your camera operators free to focus on the more creative aspects of live production such as framing and composition. Unlike traditional CCU controllers, which have to be installed into a desk, the ATEM Camera Control Panel has been designed to be portable so it can simply be placed on any desktop or bolted down so it can be mounted in a slide out rack shelf. The controls are arranged in a familiar and logical layout, making it perfect for both experienced and new operators. Plus, it works with all ATEM switcher models\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eControl Four Cameras\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nWhen working on live multi camera programs, it’s important to make sure all of the cameras are properly balanced and set up correctly so that you get consistent video from every angle. The ATEM Camera Control Panel features 4 camera controllers in one panel. Each camera controller includes a large LCD screen with soft buttons and knobs at the top of the panel, and a full set of professional controls below, on the main body of the panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScene and Camera Controls\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe top section lets you save and recall scene presets so you can quickly adjust cameras based on changes in the scene such as lighting. This section also includes controls for adjusting master gain, white balancing the camera and changing the camera’s shutter speed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite Balance - \u003c\/strong\u003eQuickly set and adjust white balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Scenes\u003c\/strong\u003e - Save and recall scene presets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaster Gain\u003c\/strong\u003e - Boost sensitivity of sensor in low light or when more depth of field is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShutter Speed - \u003c\/strong\u003eSet the shutter speed of the camera\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBars\u003c\/strong\u003e - Select to output colour bars for the selected camera\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGain and Pedestal Controls\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe center section features independent RGB controls for gain and pedestal, or white and black. This allows you to adjust the individual red, green and blue levels in your blacks and whites to compensate for unwanted colour.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWhite - \u003c\/strong\u003eIndependent RGB control for gain\/whites\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack\u003c\/strong\u003e - Adjust the RGB values for pedestal\/blacks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLens and Iris Controls\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe bottom section features an LED camera number that indicates preview and on air status, along with a high quality professional joystick that’s used to precisely adjust the iris and master black. It also features a call button for talkback with the operator, along with a panel lock button and indicators for the network, power and cable connection to the camera.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIris Control \u003c\/strong\u003e- Joystick for adjusting iris and master black. Adjust up and down for iris, rotate for master black and push to select camera to monitor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCoarse Control - \u003c\/strong\u003eSets the limit of the iris control on the joystick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIris and Master Black - \u003c\/strong\u003eLocks the iris and master black controls on the joystick to prevent accidental changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaster Black\u003c\/strong\u003e - Controls the degree or level of black\/pedestal without affecting contrast\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePanel Active\u003c\/strong\u003e - Lock out the entire panel to prevent accidental changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatus Lights\u003c\/strong\u003e - Indicate network connectivity, alarms and cable integrity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePreview\u003c\/strong\u003e - Used for sending the aux feed to the monitor so you don’t have to move the joystick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCamera Number - \u003c\/strong\u003eLED dot display that indicates camera number and on air\/preview status\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCall Button\u003c\/strong\u003e - Flashes tally light and sends tone to get operator’s attention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLive Production Workflow\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Camera Control Panel connects directly to your ATEM live production switcher or ATEM hardware control panel via Ethernet. In many setups, you may be using multiple ATEM products such as an ATEM 4 M\/E Broadcast Studio 4K switcher with an ATEM 1 M\/E Advanced Panel and the ATEM Camera Control Panel. Ethernet can simply be looped from one ATEM device to another.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast and Easy Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe ATEM Camera Control is incredibly fast to use as it features traditional broadcast CCU controls so you get the benefit of years of broadcast experience. You can use the knob on the LCD to set the camera number, which turns red when a camera is on the air. The main joystick control can be moved vertically to adjust the camera iris while the knob can then be rotated to change the master black level. Pressing down on the knob will let you monitor the camera you’re currently controlling via the aux output of the switcher. Simply push the knobs to rapidly switch between cameras to ensure all your cameras match colour. The ATEM Camera Control Panel is fast to set up so you can instantly start controlling the cameras that are connected to your switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112329444,"sku":"BMD-SWPANELCCU4","price":2077.38,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWPANELCCU4_7d90d2e3-7d4b-4bf8-bd40-630dc4d885b1.jpg?v=1764756009"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-camera-converter","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Camera Converter","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtend SDI or HDMI camera feeds over 28 miles\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nExtend the effective cable length of SDI or HDMI-based cameras using low cost optical fibre. Imagine connecting to cameras at remote locations on racing tracks, live sporting venus or even massive golf courses! Now with ATEM Camera Converter you can have more cameras closer to the action for the most amazing shots in live production.  ATEM Camera Converter not only converts your camera to optical fiber, but it also includes talkback, external microphone input, program return feed, tally and built in battery power source! Now you can place cameras in multiple locations miles away from your switcher while keeping full broadcast HD video quality.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Multi-Camera Production\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Camera Converter gives you essential tools for live production in a single converter. Connect your camera to the SDI or HDMI inputs to convert to optical fiber, and connect your switcher program feed to the optical fiber input to convert to SDI and HDMI for monitoring. The SDI and HDMI monitoring outputs can be switched between your camera input or optical fiber input! Professional local microphone inputs are included. ATEM Camera Converter also includes an internal battery for remote use when your cameras are located far away from power sources, as well as built in talkback and tally!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptical Fiber Link\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nOptical fiber is the perfect connection because it's used in computer networking and is common, affordable and easy to purchase! ATEM Camera Converter uses a single mode optical fiber pair with LC type connectors, so you get the freedom to connect your cameras up to 147,000 feet or 45KM from your switcher!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Talkback\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn live production it's critical for your camera operators to talk to the switcher operator so you can work as a team! ATEM Camera Converter includes talkback using low cost PC headsets or iPhone-compatible headphones, so each camera can communicate with the director at the switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroadcast \u0026amp; Consumer Connections\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Camera Converter connects to both HDMI and SDI video cameras! Video and audio are embedded into the optical fiber output, and microphone inputs are included for the ultimate in audio flexibility. That's perfect when you need higher quality or wireless microphones on your cameras!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect For All Types Of Events!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Camera Converter uses optical fiber for its connection, so you get long distances combined with full uncompressed HD video quality. This lets you move your cameras farther away from your switcher and closer to the action! Imagine placing a camera at the end of drag racing strip, at the starting gate of a horse race, or even at the far end of a golf course! Even low cost consumer HD cameras look amazing when used with ATEM Camera Converter! ATEM Camera Converter is perfect for concerts, sporting events or even lecture theaters, houses of worship, surveillance, or any remote camera location!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUltra Tough Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Camera Converter is designed tough enough for the rigors of life on the road! For incredible strength, ATEM Camera Converter is machined from a solid billet of aircraft-grade aluminum with recessed connectors and a button control panel. This results in an incredibly strong design that can handle bumps and knocks without breaking. ATEM Camera Converter includes a side mounted clip, so you can hang it from your belt for maxiumum portability, then simply plug in your headset, camera and optical link! The built in button pad gives you control over power, microphone level, talkback and video, as well as battery indicators. You even get a USB port for software updates!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBelt Clip or Camera Mount\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nWhen you need to move around, ATEM Camera Converter is perfect because it moves with you! With an integrated belt clip, you can simply snap it onto your belt, connect the cables, and move around with ease.\u003cbr\u003e\n\nNow you can clearly see when your cameras are “on air†  ! ATEM Camera Converter uses an open standard tally packet in the SDI output on any ATEM switcher to illuminate 2 built in tally LEDs!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBattery or AC Powered\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Camera Converter includes a standard 12 volt input that supports operation up to 30 volt DC. That let's you use a wide range of power sources or even a car battery!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Live Production\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nNow you can eliminate multiple boxes hanging off your camera that limit your mobility, because ATEM Camera Converter includes everything you need for operating a camera in a live production. You get a simple solution that's really 4 converters in one! The built in keyboard is located on the top, so it's easy to adjust. ATEM Camera Converter even adjusts the microphone audio level smoothly, so when adjusted on air you won't notice the level change! ATEM Camera Converter is fully bi-directional, so you can connect both your camera and a return program feed to the switcher at the same time!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroadcast Quality\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nATEM Camera Converter might be affordable, but it's got full broadcast quality with 10-bit video data paths, HD-SDI video technology and support for optical fiber SDI with a high quality laser driver for long distance connections. You get a solid design that looks great, but protects the connectors and keyboard from damage during live production use. Only ATEM Camera Converter gives you the best video technology available, so you get incredible quality HD video to your switcher for a true broadcast production standard.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112362212,"sku":"BMD-SWRCONV","price":436.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWRCONV_53fef88b-03d3-4d38-a83a-0d2c5ce6a4f0.jpg?v=1764756012"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-atem-studio-converter","title":"Blackmagic Design ATEM Studio Converter","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eGet your camera close to the action using low cost optical fiber!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Studio Converter is the ideal partner for the ATEM Camera Converter. Connect up to four Camera Converters via optical fiber up to 28 miles away with bi-directional video plus tally and talkback! Connect your ATEM switcher program output to the ATEM Studio Converter and this is distributed to the four Camera Converters. Multiple Studio converters can be cascaded together when more than 4 cameras are needed. Studio converter can also be used as four independent SDI or Fiber to HDMI converters and four independent simultaneous SDI to Optical and Optical to SDI converters!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTalkback\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDuring busy live production it's vital to be able to talk to your camera operators. ATEM Studio Converter takes advantage of the 16 channel SDI audio standard and embed the talkback into rarely used channels 15 and 16. ATEM Studio Converter uses more robust aviation headsets that are available in hundreds of different styles. ATEM Studio Converter also features a built in microphone input and speaker so you don't need to use a headset.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eATEM Studio Converter’s rack mount design has 4 bi-directional optical fiber connections so you can connect multiple camera converters and convert the optical fiber input to SDI and de-embed audio using XLR connections.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTally\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTally is simple to use and makes it easy to see when you are on air!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIt's important for camera operators to know when their camera is on air, so they don't inadvertently change their shot when millions of people could be viewing! ATEM Studio Converter supports SDI tally output from the program feed of switchers, such as Blackmagic Design's ATEM range of live production switchers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmart Software\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eBlackmagic Design’s Converter Utility Software lets you quickly set up converter functions, including camera numbers and audio levels. The utility software also lets you update your ATEM Converters with the latest firmware via a USB connection on each converter. This means you can download firmware updates to add new features or support for new video formats. Converter Utility Software is available for both Mac OS X and Windows.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112394980,"sku":"BMD-SWRCONVRCK2","price":1359.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWRCONVRCK2_e2b74aa9-2fa8-43ed-9c7a-bc3d0a1cce95.jpg?v=1764756011"},{"product_id":"blackmagic-design-gpi-tally-interface","title":"Blackmagic Design GPI + Tally Interface","description":"\u003cp\u003eAdd tally to your ATEM switcher with Blackmagic Design's GPI and Tally Interface! With 8 contact closure tally outputs, you can send a tally signal to your cameras, replay machines and monitors so everyone knows which camera is 'on-air'! If you need more tally outputs, simply connect multiple GPI and Tally Interfaces together because it connects via Ethernet to your ATEM production switcher.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Blackmagic Design","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123112427748,"sku":"BMD-SWTALGPI8","price":330.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/BMD-SWTALGPI8_71542f53-ae14-4481-a00f-1ba4a963222f.jpg?v=1764756011"},{"product_id":"datavideo-hs-1600t-mark-ii","title":"Datavideo HS-1600T Mark II","description":"\u003ch4\u003eMADE FOR MOBILITY. MADE FOR THE WEB.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe HS-1600T Mark II brings a new level of simplicity to production workflows. You'll set up faster and easier thanks to its portable \"briefcase\" design and HDBaseT Technology. And thanks to its built-in H.264 web streaming encoder, you can stream your show to virtually any CDN like YouTube and Facebook in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch4\u003eVARIETY OF VIDEO AND AUDIO INPUT\/OUTPUT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e4 video inputs (RJ-45 x 3 + HDMI x 1) and 4 video (HDMI x 3)+HDBaseT outputs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eAudio inputs: XLR Analogue x 2 + RCA Analogue (L\/R) x 2\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch4\u003eMADE WITH HDBASET TECHNOLOGY\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eCamera connections typically require one cable for video, a second cable for power, and a third one for control. However, the HS-1600T Mark II is able to do all of the above using only one ethernet cable for each camera. This increase in flexibility greatly reduces setup time, and now you can mount the camera in challenging locations (like spots without nearby power outlets).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch4\u003eBUILT-IN H.264 RECORDER FOR SD CARDS\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe HS-1600T Mark II comes with a built-in web-ready recorder. Simply insert your SD card, and you'll have video files that can be immediately uploaded to the video network of your choice or to your website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch4\u003eDUAL STREAM ENCODER TO FACEBOOK LIVE, YOUTUBE, TWITCH, AND MORE\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eWith the built-in H.264 streaming encoder, you can stream your show to two different streaming platforms virtually any CDN including Facebook, YouTube or Twitch in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch4\u003eBUILT-IN CAMERA CONTROL.\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe HS-1600T Mark II's next generation design saves you time, money, and table space with its built-in camera control interface for up to 3 Datavideo PTZ cameras. (Works with PTC-140T and PTC-150TL)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ch4\u003e17.3'' LED BACKLIT MONITOR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt-in Monitor Display. 17.3” HD TFT LED backlit monitor with resolution 1920x1080 pix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/EjAJHt9qA9w\" title=\"【Official】HS-1600T Mark II 4-Channel HD\/SD HDBaseT Portable Video Streaming Studio｜Datavideo\" width=\"640\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123187695844,"sku":"DATA-HS1600TMKII","price":4556.7,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-HS1600TMKII-1_3523c939-940b-401e-866a-8b90a6fac362.jpg?v=1764757558"},{"product_id":"datavideo-icast-10ndi-5-channel-all-in-one-streaming-switcher","title":"Datavideo iCast 10NDI - 5-Channel All-in-one Streaming Switcher","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eProduce Hybrid Events Using an All-in-one Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eiCAST 10NDI is a new and innovative live production equipment that houses a switcher, camera controller and streaming encoder in one box. A variety of inputs can be connected to iCAST 10NDI to allow you to create an eye catching presentation with different video sources, such as PTZ and document cameras, and a laptop for your presentation slides.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUsing the built-in streaming encoder and recorder. You can easily live stream to multiple platforms and record your show to an SD card. Six video channels can be ISO recorded at the same time in order to provide you with more program materials for post production.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eiCAST 10NDI is definitely a highly efficient and easy-to-use solution for video streaming and recording.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple video input interfaces\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eiCAST 10NDI has five video inputs with one SDI\/HDMI selectable port, three HDMI only ports and one USB 3.0 port. iCAST 10NDI accepts videos from various professional cameras, laptops and document cameras.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou can also receive IP videos via an RJ-45 port. IP videos are streamed using RTMP(S) or SRT protocol. With a variety of video interfaces, you no longer need to worry about compatibility of different video devices.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Multiview Modes\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eiCAST 10NDI provides an intuitive preview of your output sources. You can view them either horizontally or vertically (a new technology for viewing videos on mobile devices) and preview these mode changes on a Multiview screen.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple PGM Modes\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to displaying a full screen view of the program out video, you can also stream the four input videos live to your audience.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe iCAST 10NDI offers five Multiview layouts to allow you to show your input videos all at the same time. The videos can be streamed to all corners of the world and your audience can, with zero delay, participate in your events using a receiver\/decoder, personal mobile device, or a computer.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123187826916,"sku":"DATA-ICAST10NDI","price":2157.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-ICAST10NDI_42edab33-93c8-4b55-9697-9737499a6e52.jpg?v=1764757565"},{"product_id":"datavideo-icast-mini-4k-dual-channel-presentation-switcher","title":"Datavideo iCAST Mini - 4K Dual Channel Presentation Switcher","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImprove the quality of your online presentations!\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe iCAST Mini is a multimedia device designed for single operator applications.\u003cbr\u003e\n\nFrom small scale corporate training sessions to mid-sized hybrid classrooms or conference halls, the iCAST Mini is the perfect fit for your online presentation needs. The iCAST Mini is a newly innovative solutions for one-to-one, one-to-many and hybrid (online\/offline) video productions. With the one-button-one-function feature on a unique and easy to use touch panel control, even novie users will be able to easily operate this device. You don't need to learn complicated technologies about video production or hire a professional production team. You can take control of your own presentations with the iCAST Mini. Simply connect the power and the video sources, then leave the rest to the iCAST Mini.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmall to mid-sized meetings\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAs the most commercial application which includes product presentations, a wide variety of project tracking meetings and internal announcements, small to mid-sized meetings require an easy-to use equipment that is readily accessible to all presenters. The iCAST Mini's PIP function allows display of meeting contents on the image of the speaker so that the information can be clearly and correctly conveyed to the audience.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCorporate Training\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eJust like any small-sized classrooms, corporate trainings rely heavily on peripheral devices. Most traditional training sessions are conducted with a laptop and materials are taught in person to a group of people in a classroom. Soemtimes, when a device demonstration is required, the presenter will not be able to switch between the demonstration and class materials rapidly because of the lack of an appropriate device. Most traditional switchers require a complicated system setup and are therefore an convenience for the presenter. The iCAST Mini is designed specifically for small classes. Its versatile input video switching and simplified workflow allow you to easily switch between different views of training contents and device demonstrations. Its light weight makes video switching versatile and you can operate the device with a few taps on a control touch panel.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHybrid Classroom\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn the recent years, traditional classroom teaching has encountered significant changes. It is not only about conveying information in a classroom, you must also get your information across any networks. As such, the teachers have to make corresponding changes. In order to make sure information reaches all students whether they are at home or in person; we've included various unique graphic keyers on iCAST Mini. Visual operations aim to minimize interruptions to teaching. With the PTC-145\/285 Al PTZ cameras, you will be able to further minimize interruptions and allow teachers to focus on teaching.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOne USB Type C cable to merge online and offline teaching\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe most widely used platforms for hybrid classrooms are ZOOM, Microsoft Teams, and Google Meet. ZOOM in particular is the most popular platform due to its efficient audio-video streaming. Without changing the current classroom setting, the iCAST Mini will be able to deliver the video along with the audio to the above-mentioned platforms via the UVC interface with a USB type C cable. You don't need o install drivers or perform any calibrations and extra device configuration. The iCAST Mini allows you to stream your classroom images as well as the teaching materials to various locations so that students on the other end of the network will be able to learn with high efficiency in a quality environment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGraphical User Interface on Touch Panel\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAn intuitive graphical user interface on a 7 inch touch panel with an anti fingerprint protection provides you with the best color screen view at any angles and operation experience.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVideos and PIP Mode\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eSwitch rapidly between your presentation and the camera videos or overlay a PIP window on the program video. You can also swap between the program out video and the PIP image, thereby enhancing the versatility of video switching with the easiest way.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eImages for key icons for easier identification\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUsing a real image as your key icon allows you to intuitively identify the camera view that is saved in the key.\u003cbr\u003e\n\nYou can capture camera images and save them as different still image files which are in turn applied to icons of shortcut keys on the Home screen. You can use these images as the icons for all four camera presets so that by simply pressing these preset keys, you will be able to return the camera to the pre-saved position from the current view. With these still images as the icons, you don't have to recall what has been saved in the presets. By simply looking at these real images, you will be able to easily identify the saved PTZ settings.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eGraphic icon for keys to simplify workflow\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eSometimes there is only a slight difference between the images used for key icons, thus causing confusions during video production. As such, you can use the device's built-in graphical icons for better identification. We've pre-saved hundreds of these icons on the device and compared to textual icons, they are more appropriate and intuitive. Of course, these graphical icons can co-exist with the image icons. They not only simplify your workflow but also reduce the number of errors made. They make your operation faster and easier each time.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUser Image Swap\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe graphical icons can also be applied to icons of user memory presets for easier identification of the parameters saved therein. There are up to 100 icons available for all users.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCamera Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUsing an Ethernet cable, you can control Datavideo's PTC camera series via the RS-232\/422 or DVIP interface, such as pan and tilt settings, image size, brightness, contrast, etc, making sure that the cameras always generate high quality images.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVolume Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith so much emphasis on video related functions, you might think we don't care so much about the audio. Well, to Datavideo, the fact is that audio streaming is far more important than video streaminga professional production results. particularly in a hybrid classroom. As a result, three major audio features are integrated into the iCAST Mini and they are audio mixing, mic input format setting and audio to-video synchronization. They solve issues that you may have to encounter every day.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAudio Mixer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe audio mixer allows you to synchronize audio across multiple multimedia sources, and adjust sound balance for your audio channels in order to achieve the right levels for video recording. With the configurable channel type, you can set the audio channel to either stereo or mono for a more balanced MIC input. Lastly, you can also synchronize live video and audio. You might have an unpleasant experience in video lagging audio while viewing live videos via streaming. With built-in audio delay, you can now set the delays for your audio channels which is a one time job to ensure your video and audio are always in sync.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123187859684,"sku":"DATA-ICASTMINI","price":1384.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-ICASTMINI_7d0e59de-dc34-4430-9c30-0edb541fec8a.jpg?v=1764757565"},{"product_id":"datavideo-kmu-300-4k-multi-channel-streaming-switcher","title":"Datavideo KMU-300 4K Multi-Channel Streaming Switcher","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4K Multi-Channel Streaming Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe KMU-300 is your all-in-one solution, converting 4K inputs into four 1080p high-definition output. With intuitive joystick and button controls, it manages PTZ camera movements and frame selection on its 14-inch capacitive touchscreen. This versatile device can output multiple landscape or portrait screens, facilitating real-time streaming to two platforms and SD card backup. Ideal for self-media studios, it streamlines camera control, audio mixing, dual-streaming, and recording, empowering a single operator for multitasking broadcasting.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFive HD Camera Angles, One 4K Camera\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUnlock the magic of the KMU-300, which can transform a single 4K camera into the effect of five camera angles. Your streams will be enriched with versatile and engaging visuals, captivating your viewers.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCinematic Precision at Your Fingertips\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eElevate your video production with the KMU-300's effortless control over cropped video and external PTZ cameras. With an intuitive joystick and responsive zoom knob, you'll have the power to pan, tilt, and zoom with precision. Seamlessly switch between angles, capture essential moments, and create dynamic, professional-grade content.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEffortless Control Through Intuitive Gestures\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eExperience seamless control of your content with the KMU-300's intuitive gesture interface. Zoom in and out, pan, and tilt effortlessly, all with simple, natural gestures such as pinching and swiping. The KMU-300 empowers you to fine-tune your camera angles and framing with the swipe of a hand. This innovation ensures your productions are not just high-quality, but also remarkably user-friendly, making it perfect for content creators of all levels.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports Audio Embedding in Video\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe KMU-300 supports audio embedding with RCA, XLR, 4K camera, and PC audio embedding audio mixer, providing audio volume adjustment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect H.264 Format Recording on SD Card\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDuring live broadcasts, the KMU-300 enables you to simultaneously conduct dual-platform live streaming and on-site SD card recording, providing you with a complete solution.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdditional HDMI Interface for Presenter's PPT Input\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eSay goodbye to the hassles of switching screens for presentations. The KMU-300 comes equipped with dedicated HDMI inputs and outputs for PC signals, making it effortless to transmit presenter's PPT content. Directors can switch and monitor PPT content live on site with ease.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports 4K UHD Resolution Input\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e4K cameras are widely available and content online doesn’t require the full 4K resolution for streamed content. A single 4K camera can be utilized to obtain 4 cut outs or regions of interest. The KMU-300 is perfect for interview application with small panels or smaller houses of worship. With Social distancing becoming commonplace, the KMU-300 reduces the amount of cameras needed to get your production streamed live.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMake Your Streams More Reliable with SRT\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eMany broadcasters have experienced pixelated video during live streaming, often due to unstable network environments caused by bandwidth volatility and packet loss. Streaming RTMP over unreliable networks can cause issues. With dvCloud, you can now replace the RTMP protocol with SRT, which will fix most streaming issues you may have. SRT is better than RTMP because it handles problematic networks more efficiently. As a result, your viewers will experience a better stream, with less buffering and pixelization. Click Here to learn more about what SRT can do for you.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Your Professional Landscape Program\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen using the landscape switching mode with the KMU-300, you can easily switch between the four selected frame pictures on the right side of the screen, full-screen mode, or computer output using the corresponding buttons.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe operation is simple and user-friendly. The frame selection area can also be adjusted as presets in advance, making on-site video production convenient.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Your Professional Portrait Program\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWhen using the portrait switching mode with the KMU-300, you can easily switch between the four frame pictures using the buttons on the right side of the screen.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe operation is simple and user-friendly. The frame selection areas can also be adjusted as presets in advance, making on-site video production convenient.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eVertical and Dual Streaming to Two Different Platforms and Seamlessly Compatible with dvCloud\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eLive streaming video directly from the KMU-300 is easier than ever. Just simply connect the KMU-300 to your local network, connect your PC to the same network and configure the streaming encoder.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAfter that you can simply start streaming by pressing the stream button. The built-in streaming encoder remarkably reduces, the need for different procedures and equipments.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eGet the most out of your streaming hardware using dvCloud. The KMU-300 is seamlessly compatible with Datavideo’s dvCloud service.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis subscription service give you the possibility of sending your stream to multiple destinations at the same time without having to have multiple hardware encoders.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eYou can also record your production on the dvCloud platform in h.264 format. After recording you can directly use this recording to upload it to your favourite content platform.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDirect SRT streaming to dvCloud prevents hickups and lag in your stream, especially when using slow or unreliable internet connections or when streaming large distances (for instance to the other side of the globe). Even if your destination does not support SRT you can still stream SRT to dvCloud and go to the destination in RTMP.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123188023524,"sku":"DATA-KMU-300","price":2904.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-KMU-300_5b98c07e-fde6-4103-a4d3-18a1dc35881f.jpg?v=1764757575"},{"product_id":"datavideo-rmc-180-mkii-ptz-camera-controller","title":"Datavideo RMC-180 MkII PTZ Camera Controller","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eThe RMC-180 MARK II is a camera controller, which allows you to control up to 4 compatible Datavideo PTZ, block cameras, or Robotic Pan Tilt Heads via RS-422.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSimple Multi-Camera Control at Your Fingertips\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith its ergonomic joystick and tactile button layout, the RMC-180 MARK II makes it easy to set up and control up to four Datavideo PTZ cameras and Robotic Pan Tilt Head for any live video production.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug and Play\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThanks to RS- 422 standard interface, four RJ-45 ports provide plug and play between RMC-180 MARK II and PTZ cameras. The interface standard is RS- 422 and uses any RJ-45 cable to connect the RMC-180 MARK II to the RS-422 port of the Block\/PTZ camera.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAutomatic Camera Position Presets\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe RMC-180 MARK II provides shortcut keys for up to 4 position presets for each of your cameras (up to 8 presets if only 2 cameras are connected). Easily program close-ups, wide-shots, and recall them with the press of a button. Recall the preset intuitively by pushing the mechanical buttons assigned to each preset.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eManual Focus and Manual IRIS control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eRMC-180 MARK II controls of Pan, Tilt, and Zoom and Iris, Focus, Gain, and other functions such as the OSD on specific models. Control via CAT5\/CAT6 cable with RJ45 connectors.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpeed Mode Makes Your Camera Movement Match to the Pace of the Program\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe controller can move the cameras (pan, tilt and zoom) at slow, medium, and fast speeds. It provides you with a quick option for your selecting the speed of your camera movement.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports Datavideo's Switcher Tally Indicators\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eCompatible with Datavideo's switcher tally indicators. There are generally two tally LED modes, which are Tally User and Tally Input. Easy to implement in different workflow.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123189891300,"sku":"DATA-RMC180MKII","price":828.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-RMC180MKII_767f6226-1793-4e6d-9a24-97c89de02193.jpg?v=1764757645"},{"product_id":"datavideo-rmc-2-3-channel-camera-controller","title":"Datavideo RMC-2 3-Channel Camera Controller","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise PTZ Control: Simple, Professional, and Effortless\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eRMC-2 is a simple yet versatile camera controller designed for controlling Datavideo PTZ series cameras via DVIP. With the push of a button, you can quickly access four preset positions for each camera and effortlessly pan, tilt, and zoom using the joystick. It can be used in conjunction with a TPC-700 touch panel controller or the iCast mini.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eMasterful Camera Maneuvering: 3-Axis Joystick for Effortless Pan, Tilt, and Zoom Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Datavideo RMC-2 comes equipped with a 3-axis joystick, which provides intuitive and real-time control over the pan, tilt, and zoom functions of the connected cameras. This ergonomic joystick allows users to perform smooth and accurate camera movements, ensuring precise framing and capturing of the desired shots. It offers a tactile and responsive interface, making it easy for operators to achieve professional-level camera control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowerful and Effortless Integration: PoE (PD) IEEE 802.3af Support for a Clean Setup\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe RMC-2 camera controller features support for Power over Ethernet (PoE) IEEE 802.3af. PoE is a technology that allows devices like the RMC-2 to receive power and data over a single Ethernet cable, simplifying installation and reducing the need for additional power adapters or cables. This PoE support enables a clean and streamlined setup, making it easier to integrate the RMC-2 into existing network infrastructures.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeamless Multi-Camera Management: Control Up to 3 Cameras with Precision\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith the Datavideo RMC-2, you can effortlessly manage and control up to three cameras simultaneously. This capability is particularly beneficial in multi-camera setups, such as live events, conferences, or broadcasts. By connecting three cameras to the RMC-2, users can switch between cameras and control their movements with ease, ensuring smooth and dynamic coverage of the event or production.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstant Precision Positioning: Each Camera Can Store Up to 4 Presets for Perfect Shots\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe RMC-2 camera controller allows users to set and store up to four presets for each connected camera. A preset is a predefined position that a camera can be programmed to move to instantly. For instance, you can save presets for different framing options or specific areas within your shooting environment. This feature enables quick and precise camera positioning, which is especially valuable in live productions where fast camera movements are necessary.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnleash Advanced Camera Potential: DVIP Control for Unparalleled Functionality\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDatavideo products can be found in various applications including broadcast, house of worship, education, live concert events, esports, and self-media production. Only Datavideo offers end-to-end professional live video solutions under one brand name for integrators, production companies, and end-users.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntuitive Control Made Easy: Compatible with the Touch Panel TPC-700P and iCAST Mini\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eCompatible with the touch panel TPC-700P and iCAST mini via USB port: The Datavideo RMC-2 camera controller is designed to work seamlessly with the TPC-700P touch panel controller and iCAST mini presentation switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis means you can connect a TPC-700P or an iCAST mini to the RMC-2 using a simple USB cable. The RMC-2 lets users easily control the PTZ Camera, which connects with TPC-700P and iCAST mini.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123190022372,"sku":"DATA-RMC2","price":162.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-RMC2_0acee4bf-41e4-4bc5-b741-9471ddcef1bd.jpg?v=1764757647"},{"product_id":"datavideo-rmc-260-digital-video-switcher-for-se-1200mu","title":"Datavideo RMC-260 Digital Video Switcher (for SE-1200MU)","description":"\u003cdiv aria-labelledby=\"2\" class=\"collapse show\" id=\"longDes\" style=\"\"\u003e\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"card-body\"\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe RMC-260 is a cost effective remote controller designed specifically for the SE-1200MU Digital Video Switcher.\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe RMC-260 interfaces with the SE-1200MU via an RS-232 interface.\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe RMC-260 is a switcher-style controller, an alternative to the PC Controller software of SE-1200MU, all keys on the unit are clearly defined for quick and easy operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123190055140,"sku":"DATA-RMC260","price":496.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-RMC260_51f79011-a30f-4f3d-a1db-48cbe4c31dec.jpg?v=1764757648"},{"product_id":"datavideo-se-1200mu-6-input-rackmount-hd-mixer","title":"Datavideo SE-1200MU 6 Input Rackmount HD Mixer","description":"\u003cp\u003eWhether you are filming a seminar or conference, conducting a live outside broadcast or shooting inside a production studio, the Datavideo SE-1200MU HD video switcher enables you to switch seamlessly between video sources and blend high-quality digital content on the fly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eSE-1200MU a small, portable computer controlled 1RU rack mountable switcher. It features a 6-Channel HD video input that is incredibly reliable, unlike PC-based systems that are prone to crashing mid production.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eSE-1200MU streams out multi-view screen video in real-time to a control PC for monitoring and control remotely. It is designed to be fully controlled from any Windows Laptop \/ PC and Android tablet \/ iPad \/ Mac with the included SE-1200 software control panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eSE-1200MU includes four SDI and two HDMI inputs with embedded audio and an internal frame synchronizer so you can use sources without gen-lock such as consumer HDMI cameras or even computers for live PowerPoint™ presentations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eTwo assignable SDI and two HDMI outputs for connecting an HD recorder, monitor and a streaming encoder, plus two Balanced XLR audio inputs for connecting an external audio mixers. Other features include chromakey, lumakey, DSK, PIP, still stores, audio delay, tally and RJ-45\/RS-232 remote control interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eUsers have the option to link a laptop to the switcher unit via USB, for a fast, secure connection. This gives plug and play control over all the functions of the mixer, with no need to configure the computer's IP or network settings.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123191431396,"sku":"DATA-SE1200MU","price":1241.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-SE1200MU_246ede61-d692-48cb-8341-75489d2bd908.jpg?v=1764757654"},{"product_id":"datavideo-se-2600-hd-8-channel-digital-video-switcher","title":"Datavideo SE-2600 HD 8-Channel Digital Video Switcher","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll the Essentials for Pro-Quality Production\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SE-2600 series HD Video Switcher is a versatile and powerful 8-input live production switcher, ideal for professional broadcasting. Supporting 1080p\/60 (3G) High Definition video resolution, it offers a mix of 4x 3G-SDI and 4x HDMI inputs, along with 6 outputs including 3x 3G-SDI and 3x HDMI. Designed for dynamic live events such as e-sports, sports competitions, and concerts, it features advanced effects like Chroma Keyers, Luma Key, DSK, PIP, and DVE.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAdditionally, it supports audio integration, logo insertion, title overlays, and offers a variety of transitions for a sophisticated production experience.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Easy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eSE-2600's base unit can be easily mounted into a standard 19\" rack. The power button on the front panel makes it easy to turn on and off the switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Switcher for Studio and Outdoor Broadcast Van\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDatavideo 2600 HD 8-Channel Digital Video Switcher designed for various applications from OB vans to standalone switchers, allows broadcasters to rapidly initiate live productions on-site with its quick setup and user-friendly interface.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SE-2600 switcher also has powerful, easy-to-use effects, such as Chroma \/ Luma Key, DSK, PIP, DVE \/ Wipe Generator, still stores, and logo insertion.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUSK and DSK\u003c\/strong\u003e - 4 upstream keyers and 2 downstream keyers to produce broadcast quality video.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStinger Transitions and Backgrounds\u003c\/strong\u003e - Choose from a variety of pre-saved animated stinger transitions and 50 virtual set backgrounds to create advanced effects, and you can also import your own Stinger Transitions \u0026amp; Animated Logos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 4 PIPs\u003c\/strong\u003e - Up to 4 picture-in-picture frames with unique 3D borders, help you to create a professional esport live video production.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCrosspoint Assignment\u003c\/strong\u003e - Crosspoint assignment (XPT) grants you the option of rerouting each physical in and output to any of the available buttons. No more ducking under the table for quick rerouting!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 Chromakeyers\u003c\/strong\u003e - Up to 4 channels of switchable chromakey with our unique “Key tie” functionality. Create a complete 4 channel virtual studio and enjoy our super easy to use automatic chromakey functions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCG Title Creator Interface\u003c\/strong\u003e - Using single HDMI input port to interface with Datavideo’s unique CG suites, without consuming 2ch SDI inputs and additional converter box.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupports Full HD 1080P with Scaling on Each Available Input\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SE-2600 switcher is equipped with 8 inputs (4x X SDI+4 X HDMI) and 6 outputs (3 X SDI + 3 X HDMI) to help you produce a sophisticated and professional live event.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate Stunning Video Effects with Advanced Features in SE-2600 Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eSE-2600 switcher advanced features include 4 PIPs, 4 upstream keyers for chromakey, linear and luma keys as well as picture-in-picture, 2 X DSKs, and 2 X independent Animated logos, Stinger Transitions and a 2D Transition DVE.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in Stinger Transitions and Backgrounds\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose from a variety of pre-saved animated stinger transitions and 50 virtual set backgrounds to create advanced effects, and you can also import your own Stinger Transitions \u0026amp; Animated Logos.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSE-2600 Switcher has 4 Chromakeyers for a Complete Virtual Studio Experience\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUp to 4 channels of switchable chromakey with our unique “Key tie” functionality. Create a complete 4 channel virtual studio and enjoy our super easy to use automatic chromakey functions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eUp to 4 Picture-in-Picture Frames with Unique 3D Borders\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eCreate up to 4 picture-in-picture frames that can be active at the same time. Picture-in-picture frames are fully adjustable in size and position and have various border options including our unique 3D borders.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety of Video and Audio Input\/Output\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eCrosspoint assignment (XPT) grants you the option of rerouting each physical in and output to any of the available buttons. No more ducking under the table for quick rerouting!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-Play\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere is no need to install the driver to connect with the laptop. The images and videos can be directly input to the switcher through the HDMI interface of the laptop.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional 10-bit Processing Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Datavideo SE-2600 excels in video processing with its high-quality capabilities. It supports SDI at 4:2:2, ensuring professional-grade color accuracy and detail. Additionally, the HDMI input supports YUV 4:2:2 and RGB 4:4:4, offering superior color representation and clarity. This makes the SE-2600 an excellent choice for applications requiring meticulous video quality, such as live production and broadcasting. Its ability to process video in these high standards ensures vibrant, lifelike images and seamless integration into professional workflows.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123191595236,"sku":"DATA-SE-2600","price":3198.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-SE-2600_1073aca0-43b9-4603-b3f5-676a06f5745a.jpg?v=1764757655"},{"product_id":"datavideo-se-3200-hd-12-channel-digital-video-switcher","title":"Datavideo SE-3200 HD 12-Channel Digital Video Switcher","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe SE-3200 is a professional 12-channel, 1080p video switcher that provides powerful and easy-to-use video effects such as four upstream keyers for Chromakey and Luma Key, dual DSK, PIP, and WIPE transitions. There are also other features like frame store, animated transition effects, multi-channel inputs, and abundant visual effects. The built-in subtitle generation system can be paired with Datavideo’s CG software to instantly create broadcast quality subtitles. \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe SE-3200’s modular design allows you to install the 2U main unit on a standard 19-inch rack and place the control panel on a flat work bench, or it can be installed in an outdoor broadcast van. The SE-3200 facilitates video switching, whether indoor or outdoor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ccenter style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ciframe allow=\"autoplay; encrypted-media\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"360\" scrolling=\"no\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/k3rpb-Hbzw0\" width=\"640\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003ccenter style=\"text-align: left;\"\u003e\u003ciframe allow=\"autoplay; encrypted-media\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"360\" scrolling=\"no\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/DQmi0F7Sgmo\" width=\"640\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/center\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123191955684,"sku":"DATA-SE3200","price":4551.3,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-SE-3200-1_cf30cf7c-2a1a-4806-af9d-a84c482e1591.jpg?v=1764757658"},{"product_id":"datavideo-se-4000-4k-8-channel-digital-video-switcher","title":"Datavideo SE-4000 4K 8-Channel Digital Video Switcher","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eComplete and Compact 8 Input 4K Production Switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SE-4000 is an 8-input live production switcher, which supports real 4K60\/50P video resolution, with variety of video inputs and outputs, including 12G-SDI and HDMI 2.0 interface. Produce a sophisticated and professional live event using the SE-4000.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith User friendly interface on 5-inch LCD touch panel, it is very easy to operate and set up. The SE-4000 switcher also has powerful, easy-to-use effects, such as Chroma Key, Luma Key, DSK, PIP, DVE, Wipe Generator, still stores, and logo insertion.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eCrosspoint assignment (XPT) grants you the option of rerouting each physical input and output to any of the available buttons.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Easy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eSE-4000's base unit can be easily mounted into a standard 19\" rack. The power button on the front panel makes it easy to turn on and off the switcher.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e5\" Touchscreen Display\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SE-4000 is a Datavideo 4K switcher with 4K support on every input. Additionally, it has a 5\" LCD touch panel to adjust all the setting without any laptop or app needed.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue 12G 4K 50\/60 video production switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eSupport UHD 4K60\/50p signals on inputs and outputs. It also has built-in input scaler, for up conversion on each available input.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Easy Installation and Integration\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eSE-4000's main unit can be easily mounted into a standard 19\" rack. The power button on the front panel makes it easy to turn on and off the switcher. Moreover, SE-4000 has DVIP remote control interface, Datavideo DVIP provides an easy integration of Datavideo’s full range of devices.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in Stinger Transitions and backgrounds\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eChoose from a variety of pre-saved animated stinger transitions and virtual set backgrounds to create advanced effects, and you can also import your own Stinger Transitions and Animated Logos.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated 5\" Touchscreen Display: One touch one function\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith the 5\" touchscreen panel built-in, you will not need a laptop or app to assist with your live production.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith many built-in functions, including user memory with customized icon, transition animation set up, chroma key, luma key, DSK, PIP, DVE, wipe generator, still stores, and logo insertion; these can all be done on the 5\" LCD touchscreen.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible video input selections\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SE-4000 has 12 video inputs, with 8 of the inputs being selectable for flexibility, as well as variety of video and audio inputs and outputs, 7 outputs with AUX assignment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCreate stunning video effects with advanced features in SE-4000 switcher\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eSE-4000 switcher advanced features include 2x PIPs, 4x upstream keyers for chromakey, linear and luma keys as well as picture-in-picture, 2x DSKs, and 2x independent animated logos, stinger transitions and a 2D transition DVE.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePicture-In-Picture frames with unique 3D borders\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eCreate 2 picture-in-picture frames that can be active at the same time. Picture-in-picture frames are fully adjustable in size and position and have various border options including unique 3D borders.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSE-4000 switcher has 4 Chromakeyer for a complete virtual studio experience\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUp to 4 channels of switchable chromakey with our unique “Key tie” functionality. Create a complete 4 channel virtual studio and enjoy our super easy to use automatic chromakey functions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVariety of video and audio input\/output\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eCrosspoint assignment (XPT) grants you the option of rerouting each physical in and output to any of the available buttons. No more ducking under the table for quick rerouting!\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eProfessional Switcher for Studio and Outdoor Broadcast Van\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SE-4000 is a versatile solution with the main unit mountable in the 19 inch rack. The control keyboard panel can be placed on a flat surface or built inside an outdoor broadcast van.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlug-and-Play\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThere is no need to install the driver to connect with the laptop. The images and videos can be directly input to the switcher through the HDMI interface of the laptop.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123191988452,"sku":"DATA-SE4000","price":6618.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-SE4000_e06982b3-66c0-43a7-bda9-4205bce614f4.jpg?v=1764757659"},{"product_id":"datavideo-4k-showcast-streaming-studio","title":"Datavideo 4K SHOWCAST Streaming Studio","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInnovative, Compact, Easy to Use and All-in-One\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SHOWCAST 100 is a brand new 4K 4-Channel All-in-one Production Studio that features 7 major functions. It can switch video, overlay text and graphics, control cameras, live stream, record, and mix audio all from a single unit. Similar to a tablet, the 14-inch touch panel allows easy and intuitive access to switcher functions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e4K60p 4-Channel All-in-One Production Studio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe touch panel allows easy and intuitive access to a variety of switcher functions. The SHOWCAST 100 has many functions with easy setup.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe unique all-in-one design streamline your video production workflow by reducing the number of external devices that you need to connect. SHOWCAST100 is light and compact. Its mobility makes it ideal for any live production environment.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVideo Switching \u003c\/strong\u003e- The four HDMI input\/output channels are designed for basic video production workflow of meetings, corporate conferences, church events, etc.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSubtitles \u003c\/strong\u003e- The SHOWCAST 100 offers two ways to overlay subtitles. A lumakeyed subtitle is usually used for logos, animated texts, etc. Another way is to overlay subtitles using the built-in network streaming encoder.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCamera Control \u003c\/strong\u003e- The SHOWCAST 100's built-in camera control functions allow you to simultaneously control three PTZ cameras. You can directly save the lens position presets, pan and tilt camera lens in real time, zoom in and out of an image, and adjust the white balance, iris and mirror mode.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVideo Streaming and Recording \u003c\/strong\u003e- The built-in dual live streaming encoder allows you to record and stream simultaneously. With the SHOWCAST 100's recording capability, you can easily back up the recorded video files for post production edits without much effort.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUseful and Simple Transition Effects\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eCut, Mix and Wipe are the three useful and simple transition effects built into the switcher. Via an easy-to-use 14 inch touchscreen UI, the transition settings will be immediately accessible after selection of a particular effect. For example, if you've selected WIPE, you can easily adjust the transition speed by dragging a slider with your finger or tap to select a color for the border.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePIP and Split\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003ePIP is often required in video production. Most of the time, the PIP window size need to be adjusted for the program view. The SHOWCAST 100 allows you to drag different sliders on the touchscreen UI with your finger to set the aspect ratio of the PIP window. The split window is usually used for live interview, corporate presentations, and panel discussions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCamera Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SHOWCAST 100's built-in camera control functions allow you to simultaneously control three PTZ cameras. You can directly save the lens position presets, pan and tilt positions in real time and zoom in and out of a shot. In addition, you can adjust the white balance, iris and mirror mode of each camera.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCamera Presets\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEven though SHOWCAST 100 can control only three PTZ cameras, you can save up to four presets per camera, giving you a total of 12 different angles for your production. The 12 memory presets allow the director to instantaneously switch between different camera angles on SHOWCAST 100 by pushing corresponding preset buttons.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eFine Tuning the Camera Parameters\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOn the intuitive touchscreen UI, you can easily adjust the camera's focus, iris and white balance settings. Settings of a particular program can be saved in memory presets for future use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo Ways to Overlay Subtitles\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SHOWCAST 100 offers two ways to overlay subtitles. A lumakeyed subtitle is usually used for logos, animated texts, etc. Lumakeyed subtitles can be previewed on the multiview screen and transitioned to program.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eAnother way is to overlay the subtitles using the built-in network streaming encoder. On the web UI of the streaming encoder, enter the subtitle texts in the text field of the CG page after which the subtitle will be shown on your streamed video as streaming starts and recorded on the SD card along with the video. If lumkeyed subtitle and CG texts are shown at the same time, they will all be recorded on the SD card.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLumakeyed Subtitle\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eLuma key is an image processing technique that deals with the brightness level of an image or a video, thereby generating a foreground subtitle or logo. SHOWCAST 100's luma key function is designed for logos, text and animated images.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharacter Generation Using the Network Streaming Server\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe CG texts or image generated using the network streaming server can be overlaid on the video during streaming. The text size and color can be customized with a border added. The text or image position can also be adjusted accordingly.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom Real-time Captions and Subtitles for Your Programs Such as News Broadcast\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTranscribe audio by entering subtitles line by line using News CG then play subtitles in real time by simply tapping the space bar on the keyboard.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjust the Size, Position, Color and Borders\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eHighlight the information that you wish to convey to your audience. You can also transcribe audio by entering subtitles line by line using News CG after which you will be able to play subtitles in real time by simply tapping the space bar on the keyboard controller.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eLive Streaming Encoder\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe built-in dual live streaming encoder allows you to record and stream simultaneously. With the SHOWCAST 100's recording capability, you can easily back up the recorded video files for post production edits without much effort.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDepending on the bandwidth, you can set the bitrate to low, medium or high. To meet growing demand for mobile viewing, the portrait view can now be easily activated on the SHOWCAST 100 by simply pressing the VERTICAL button so that viewers will be able to view the program on their mobile devices by holding them upright without having to change the orientation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual Streaming\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDuring video production, you can simultaneously stream to two live streaming platforms such as Facebook, Youtube and Twitch. With Datavideo dvCloud, you can stream to 25 live streaming platforms at the same time and automatically back up your video files on the cloud server.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003edvCloud and SRT\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003edvCloud is a professional live streaming platform developed by Datavideo. Once you've login, you will be allowed to create and manage all video streaming channels on dvCloud and stream your video to 25 live stream servers without any time constraints. The best part about dvCloud is that it allows you to back up video files on the cloud server for future downloads. The SHOWCAST 100 forms a low latency, secure and reliable streaming work flow with the SRT protocol and the dvCloud server.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eVertical Streaming\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eFor each live streaming video, 50% of the audience view on mobile phones, and 94% of the mobile users prefer holding the phone upright to view the video. It takes only a few basic setups for the vertical streaming function of the SHOWCAST 100 to generate a portrait view of your streaming video.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003e14 Inch Touch Screen and Intuitive Operation using the Touchscreen UI\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe traditional physical keyboard of the switcher is replaced by a professional touchscreen UI to allow video switching, activation of subtitle overlay, camera control, video recording, audio mixing, etc. Operating of these functions is intuitive and easy to learn, even to novice users.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SHOWCAST 100's intuitive touchscreen UI has several buttons with each assigned of one function only. The pane-like design divides the functions into different groups. Like a tablet, the touchscreen UI is intuitive and easy to use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSD Card Recording\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith the SHOWCAST 100's recording capability, you can easily back up the recorded video files for post-edits, etc without much effort.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eAudio Mixing\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 4 Channel Audio Mixer accepts embedded audio, two LINE input channels, one AUX channel and one HDMI audio channel, giving you the ability to mix the audios while processing the image.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SHOWCAST 100 has two XLR\/6.3mm composite ports for LINE inputs. The dual channel RCA port is designed for analog audio input. The RCA output serves to connect external audio equipment for audio monitoring.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123192053988,"sku":"DATA-SHOWCAST100","price":3641.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-SHOWCAST100_6547c5f7-ed43-44b3-8e85-b2c8e204b951.jpg?v=1764757662"},{"product_id":"datavideo-tpc-700-touch-panel-controller","title":"Datavideo TPC-700 Touch Panel Controller","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTPC-700 Touch Panel Controller\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe best assistant for all 3200 switchers, VGB-2000 presentation system DVK-400 4K Chromakeyer and TVS-2000A Virtual Studio System. The SE-3200, VGB-2000 and TVS-2000A Apps that are installed on the TPC-700 contain presets of common operation functions. \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch Panel Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eJust tap on the screen to easily select different presets.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomize Your Favorite Keys\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEach button can be customized to your liking.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSetting up a 3200 switcher has never been this easy\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eMulti-camera Virtual Studio switching, AUX output, Crosspoint, Flex Source, and PIP assignment can be done by TPC-700.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEasy to transport to your live production show on the go. Quick connection. Simple installation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Switch, Record and Live Stream\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDatavideo TPC-700\/TPC-700P is the best assistant for TVS-2000A Virtual Studio System.  The TVS-2000A App that are installed on the TPC-700\/TPC-700P contain presets of common operation functions. The interface is easy to use and can be controlled with a few finger taps on the 7-inch touchscreen to easily select different presets – multi- camera Virtual Studio switching, downstream key, and virtual studio presets.  The Easy to live stream and record your virtual production show on the go.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Change Virtual Studio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDatavideo TPC-700\/TPC-700P allow user to install 4 virtual studios in the App.  Just tap your desired virtual scene mode directly from the TPC-700\/TPC- 700P for recalling the corresponding virtual scene.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact and Easy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe TPC-700\/ TPC-700P are compact designed.  User can apply a D-sub 9 pin to RJ-45 cable and a 9-pin female\/female RS422 cable to connect TPC-700 and TVS-2000A system.  Quick connection. Simple installation.  The TPC-700P supports PoE power supply feature.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Access of Switching Datavideo TVS-2000A Virtual Studio System by TPC-700 Touch Panel Controller\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Datavideo TPC-700 Touch Panel Controller provides easy access to control TVS-2000A Virtual Studio System. The App installed on the TPC-700 contains presets of standard operation functions. Users can easily switch different camera angles, start recording, live streaming, and overlay the title by applying TPC-700.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch Virtual Background Just One-Touch Needed\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUsing the professional intelligent touch interactive control panel TPC-700 in the DVK-400 together, it can be triggered by button to display AR objects. One operator can complete various mode by one TPC-700.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIndependent and fast touch operation panel, you can preset the presentation effect of the button, without the need for complex professional technology. It's efficient and professional for chromakey video production.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123193659620,"sku":"DATA-TPC700","price":727.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-TPC700_ddbf1cac-4353-49a5-8df6-94c05c80f55f.jpg?v=1764757697"},{"product_id":"datavideo-tpc-700p-7-inch-touch-panel-controller-with-poe","title":"Datavideo TPC-700P 7-Inch Touch Panel Controller with PoE","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e7-Inch Touch Panel Controller with PoE\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe best assistant for all 3200 switchers, VGB-2000 presentation system and TVS-2000A Virtual Studio System. The SE-3200, VGB-2000 and TVS-2000A Apps that are installed on the TPC-700P contain presets of common operation functions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003ePower over Ethernet Function\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe 7-inch touch panel controller is with power over ethernet function. The PoE function allows a single cable to provide both data connection and electric power to TPC-700P.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eTouch Panel Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eJust tap on the screen to easily select different presets.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustomize Your Favorite Keys\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEach button can be customized to your liking.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with DVK-400 4K Chromakeyer\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEasy work with Datavideo DVK-400 4K Chromakeyer.  Supports Lumakey, Blur Background  and Aux Layer Swap functions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact Design\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eEasy to transport to your live production show on the go. Quick connection. Simple installation.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Switch, Record and Live Stream\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDatavideo TPC-700\/TPC-700P is the best assistant for TVS-2000A Virtual Studio System.  The TVS-2000A App that are installed on the TPC-700\/TPC-700P contain presets of common operation functions. The interface is easy to use and can be controlled with a few finger taps on the 7-inch touchscreen to easily select different presets – multi- camera Virtual Studio switching, downstream key, and virtual studio presets.  The Easy to live stream and record your virtual production show on the go.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Change Virtual Studio\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eDatavideo TPC-700\/TPC-700P allow user to install 4 virtual studios in the App.  Just tap your desired virtual scene mode directly from the TPC-700\/TPC- 700P for recalling the corresponding virtual scene.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompact and Easy Installation\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe TPC-700\/ TPC-700P are compact designed.  User can apply a D-sub 9 pin to RJ-45 cable and a 9-pin female\/female RS422 cable to connect TPC-700 and TVS-2000A system.  Quick connection. Simple installation.  The TPC-700P supports PoE power supply feature.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy Access of Switching Datavideo TVS-2000A Virtual Studio System by TPC-700P Touch Panel Controller\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe Datavideo TPC-700P Touch Panel Controller provides easy access to control TVS-2000A Virtual Studio System. The App installed on the TPC-700P contains presets of standard operation functions. Users can easily switch different camera angles, start recording, live streaming, and overlay the title by applying TPC-700P.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwitch Virtual Background Just One-Touch Needed\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eUsing the professional intelligent touch interactive control panel TPC-700P in the DVK-400 together, it can be triggered by button to display AR objects. One operator can complete various mode by one TPC-700P.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIndependent and fast touch operation panel, you can preset the presentation effect of the button, without the need for complex professional technology. It's efficient and professional for chromakey video production.\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Datavideo","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123193692388,"sku":"DATA-TPC700P","price":819.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/DATA-TPC700P_9f0b46bb-5991-4826-b250-c52beade0144.jpg?v=1764757703"},{"product_id":"inogeni-cam230-multi-camera-switcher","title":"Inogeni CAM230 Multi-Camera Switcher","description":"\u003cdiv\u003eThe INOGENI CAM230 is a USB and HDMI multi-camera switcher that helps improve meeting equity in virtual meetings. With its easy-to-use camera switching capabilities and support for bidirectional audio with videobars, facilitators can ensure that all participants have equal opportunities to speak and contribute.\u003cbr\u003e\n\nThe CAM230 also supports whiteboard and document cameras for added collaboration and productivity.\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow It Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe INOGENI CAM230 is a multi-camera switcher that allows users to easily switch between up to three video cameras during a virtual meeting or presentation. The CAM230 connects to 2x USB 3.0\/2.0 cameras and 1x HDMI camera and outputs a single video stream on USB 2.0 MJPEG and HDMI 2.0. With its easy-to-use push-button or via control pad switching, facilitators can ensure all participants are given equal opportunities to speak and contribute to the conversation while supporting whiteboard and document cameras for added collaboration and productivity.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003eConnects to 2x USB3.0\/2.0 and 1x HDMI cameras\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003eVideo output on USB 2.0 and HDMI 2.0\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003eEasy push-button switching or via control pad for seamless camera transitions\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003eSupports whiteboard and document cameras for more efficient collaboration\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\t\u003cli\u003e\n\n\t\u003cdiv\u003eCost-effective, versatile, and easy to use for improved meeting equity in virtual settings\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\t\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlug \u0026amp; Go with the INOGENI CAM230\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis easy-to-use multi-camera switcher requires no drivers for seamless and effortless switching between 2 USB and 1 HDMI cameras. Capture, mix, and switch with INOGENI’s professional camera selectors for a dynamic and engaging presentation experience.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible with all USB \u0026amp; HDMI cameras\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThis pro AV camera switcher is fully compatible with all USB and HDMI cameras, including professional-caliber equipment, such as Vaddio, Huddly, HuddleCamHD, AVer, Jabra, Logitech, Marshall cameras, and web cameras.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cu\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/inogeni.com\/support\/compatible-cameras\/\"\u003eList of compatible cameras.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/u\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Inogeni","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123380502756,"sku":"INO-CAM230","price":795.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/INO-CAM230_9f2d6c59-7bf8-45cd-b230-78b215ed8ae9.jpg?v=1764761182"},{"product_id":"inogeni-cam-300-41-hdmiusb-20-camera-selector","title":"Inogeni CAM 300 4:1 HDMI\/USB 2.0 Camera Selector","description":"\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Cameras in Your Online Meetings and Webcast\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eOnline collaboration is already a communication norm – like email \u0026amp; cell phones. The novelty and many of the bugs are gone. It’s a valid tool. Audiences already expect a higher production value than a one camera talking head. You can achieve this with software, a multiple input computer and an operator or you can look at Inogeni.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eWith the Inogeni CAM series of multiple cameras selector, your meeting can be as spontaneous as you want it to be. The CAM products let you select one of four sources from the buttons or remotely. With SHARE2 you can present and narrate a PowerPoint program, cut between images of one speaker and a group, have one camera focused on an interviewer and the interviewee, present and explain a spreadsheet or a digitized radiograph, etc. With practice you can make one camera full screen and change what the other camera or source is looking at while it is off screen.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eThe SHARE series extend the flexibility of the CAM selectors by adding sources mixing and combining effects for a more efficient on line collaboration.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Installation with Local and Remote Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eIn addition to the front buttons, you can control them via serial and Ethernet as well. In other words you can use them in a Crestron controlled room or at a remote site.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExtreme Compatibility with all Applications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003eTechnically, the CAM series integrates a scaler and frame buffer to insure a smooth glitch-free switch so your collaboration program sees a single continuous data stream. Tested apps include Skype®, Quicklaunch®, Hangouts®, ZOOM®, Vidyo®, Livecast®, vMix®, etc. The best way to test your application is that if it works with a single camera, you can have more cameras with Inogeni CAM products.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/67ajInnb9fs\" title=\"INOGENI CAM300 - HDMI and USB 2.0 Camera selector\" width=\"640\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Inogeni","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123380568292,"sku":"INO-CAM300","price":1506.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/INO-CAM300-1_17010f6e-d1e0-45ad-b345-503e3f178294.jpg?v=1764761185"},{"product_id":"inogeni-cam300-control-keypad","title":"Inogeni CAM300 Control Keypad","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep the flow of your engaging presentation and change camera or mix with a simple click button. INOGENI’s REMOTE control keypad enables longer distance to select the camera mixer configuration for the CAM300, simplifying the control of camera selectors.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Inogeni","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123380601060,"sku":"INO-CAM300-REMOTE","price":299.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/INO-CAM300-REMOTE_df822bd7-e43f-4a9d-92e6-068210513252.jpg?v=1764761187"},{"product_id":"inogeni-toggle-usb-30-switcher","title":"Inogeni Toggle - USB 3.0 Switcher","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"editable\" data-ptype=\"description\"\u003eTOGGLE USB Switcher connect to three USB 3.0 devices and can switch them between two hosts. It will switch automatically to a laptop when it is connected, and revert back to the room pc when disconnected. It can also be controlled remotely by RS-232 or GPI.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"editable\" data-ptype=\"description\"\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\n\n\u003cdiv class=\"editable\" data-ptype=\"description\"\u003e\u003ciframe allow=\"accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture\" allowfullscreen=\"\" frameborder=\"0\" height=\"360\" src=\"https:\/\/www.youtube.com\/embed\/KPe_TH8AufU\" title=\"INOGENI TOGGLE - 3 x USB 3.0 Devices Switcher - for 2 PC (Room PC or CODEC and BYOD Laptop)\" width=\"640\"\u003e\u003c\/iframe\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Inogeni","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47123382010084,"sku":"INO-TOGGLE","price":395.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/files\/INO-TOGGLE_e2b3b3ae-d15b-467a-bfbc-001730c22de0.jpg?v=1764761202"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0707\/4647\/2676\/collections\/image-2.png?v=1749123533","url":"https:\/\/progear-website.myshopify.com\/collections\/live-production-switchers.oembed?page=4","provider":"Progear-website","version":"1.0","type":"link"}